Search results
Pages
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 44, EXPENSES
PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 147, FACULTY
PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 158, INDEX
BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC..
. . . . . . . .The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
... .. .. ... .A subject
studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
COURSE..
.
........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n
MAJOR . ... .
20 departments.
-......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major.
MINOR.. .
.. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
ELECTIVE
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
FEE
.............,....
Charges made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
.... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
LOAN . . .
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP
. . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
.... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion o f
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
I n the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, is
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities i s available t o
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC).
more than loo
years
A u g s b u r g celebrated its
centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second
century of Christian higher education.
The current study body of about 1600 is
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are resident students,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient,
Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available to you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans i n America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round,
the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the
winter you may join other students on
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities i n the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n one area
or major.
Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand the
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial
Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander,
M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e
Director of the Office for Civil Rights,
The Campus
Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The Universitv of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to
the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
i n the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting t h e Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students to learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
t o exchange information vital i n the
process of selecting a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
with a member of the faculty and to
attend classes, Monday through Friday,
when school i s in session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the admissions office
(330-1001). Preferred times for campus
visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
I
,
I
::-
'
I,:
DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
-_--
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Studio Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Old Music Hall
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
-
--..
Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.)
Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor)
College Pastor (College Center 1st floor)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
->
/.
A
*,>4<
4-
.< -?A
,
1
+..&-+--
.
*.,
;. ,
-
.
- ,
-...
,--
- --.
-,
.
,
?
.
d
i
,-
--
8
7.
.:
-./y-
-
<
-.
, -
-,
-
--
-
-
*.
? ,
,
*,T'-.
,.:. -"----.
/~-//~T~cc<F-,
-
<,/ER
.-
--
Housing (College Center 1st floor)
Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor)
Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor)
Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation t o each other.
Remodelling and construction work to
eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will
include street level access from 21st
Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway
system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle.
Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of
some departments and offices by 1980-81.
Following are descriptions of buildings.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building provides space for administrative
and faculty offices and houses about 40
students.
The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the
newest building on the campus. It con-
tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n
1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s
two floors.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed i n 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r
dramatic and other speech activities. A
theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for
completion late i n 1980.
Annex Houses, located i n the campus
area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide i t s students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers in business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching i s available.
Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students
through their academic experience to
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning i s not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary inner
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to
take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term
paper topics, and directions to other local
sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h faculty and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls in
four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged i n this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest in
music may take form i n the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study
and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested in communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
In selecting courses t o meet the general
distribution requirements, students may
select an approved course in the areas of
mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r
philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of
a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list
of courses containing an emphasis on
urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports.
For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration
section.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Norwegian
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western
Studies, International Relations)
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian
Area Studies are available t h r o u g h
cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Consult directors of these programs for
further information. It i s possible for
students t o complete other majors also
through ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the
other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office
of the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It i s suggested
that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and
then the course of study at Augsburg be
planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, i n the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
the United States, t o help determine
whether they possess an interest i n law.
Since law schools encourage students t o
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course.
Students are encouraged to consult with
in the freshman
the faculty adviserearly
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career i n
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d
o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~
mended.
students arc encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged t o consult with
the faculty adviser early i n the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses in
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, and
upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder
of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed tofulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program t o
gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The
interim term may also be taken on
another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program i s new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students,
interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the
equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
College.
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly to the hospital.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables qualified students to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student to receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available t o students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application t o be approved by t h e
director of the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average i n work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
metropolitan area and may be pursued,by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
International Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there i s a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico,
focuses on the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in the
light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips,
home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is
equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment
limited.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications t o the program are
made i n the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France;
The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experi-
ment in International Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks t o
fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
i s planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
New Dimensions Program
Honors Program
Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r
qualified students t o pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through i t s Continuing Education Pro-
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life,
The transitional course, "The A d u l t
Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arising from the return t o
schooll The course enables returning
adults t o get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and
knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to
enhance personal growth. At the present
time, there are offerings in Art, Women's
Studies, and Church Staff Work.
Certification in Art requires eight courses,
one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department
Chairperson.
The Women's Studies Certificate may be
earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each
individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and
t h e humanities. Interested students
should contact Professor Toni Clark.
The Church Staff Worker Certification
Program i s designed t o help persons
prepare for full-time specialized lay work
in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a
"Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion
(9 courses) plus additional specialized
courses in departments such as psycholo-
gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet
or exceed criteria used in the American
Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center is a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The College
Pastor has an office in the College Center
to be readily available for counseling,
consultation or ways to get more involved
in religious activity and groups.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there i s open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate i n are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions
you have about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on
current offerings and opportunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t o
improve your skills i n such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor to
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a
desire t o explore new interests, enhance
leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This i s a non-profit effort of the
Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a college in the city, committed t o the
values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and
counseling for all minority students in
close cooperation with administrators,
faculty and community. At the present
time these efforts concentrate in two
major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of
lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve
educational opportunities for American
Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with
responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and
activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and
programs.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other
countries, and i n planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural
awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in
study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of International
Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like
to be part of the activities of this group,
contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able to
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option i s Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation i s to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing is available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements i n the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one i n the area of
education.
tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and i s
open through the noon hour and i n the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living i n College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure to check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized into the
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held in the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives in the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
Food Service
Student Rights
The Commons, situated on the top floor
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this is a good place to work them out.
Health Service
of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea-
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in
the office of the registrar and the place-
ment office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of Success i n college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal
recommendations.
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
The ~ ~ ~ Process
l i ~
for ~~~~h~~~
A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors
abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
~
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
t
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 1 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courseswhere
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses in religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must-also complete the Department of
Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent to the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need t o have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
i n the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them i n the
transition to college and t o the United
States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships i s available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. I f they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it is extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through
the junior year, test scores and recommendations.
Early Decision candidates applying for
financial aid are encouraged t o complete
the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid
Application, which enables our Financial
A i d Office t o compute a preliminary
award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1.
After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o
other colleges.
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s
required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity t o cope with a college
course after the junior year i n high school.
Also, it i s recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfully completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required
for students applying t o the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg
and all other sources.
Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program t o
which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also
available. Applications for financial aid
received by April 1 will be considered
first. For further information, contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board i s $1760 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union t o which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations i n a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify f o r special benefits.
Amount is dependent upon eligibility
as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Office in your area.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r
special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
American lndian Scholarships
American lndian students who meet
federal and state requirements may
apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs,
Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship
monies. lndian grants are supplemental
to all other sources of financial aids. For
assistance in application, contact the
American lndian Programs Counselor.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the normal full-time academic load, the
Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in
college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7% interest. The
maximum loan is $2500 per year or the
cost of education, whichever is less. The
aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents o n
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected t o
apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
Return completed application and FFS
t o The American College Testing Pro-
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number i s 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l
Scholarship -established in 1979 by his
family. One or more scholarships will
be awarded annually t o needy and
deserving upperclass students.
4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/ senior students.
5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given to those in
music and/or elementary education.
7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
deserving senior.
10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship
- $250 awarded to a senior.
11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John
G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o
freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship - distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian
service.
14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y
Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black
student.
3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually to membersof racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty,
administration. staff and students at
the Homecoming auction.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to
a student(s) in the senior class who is
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Depart-
ment of the American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically to students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
juniorhenior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ART
- winners
selected by Art faculty.
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of
Norway to be awarded annually to a
talented art student with financial need.
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of
financial need.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded t o a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship - awarded t o one or more
upperclass students interested i n the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o
one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
Awarded t o students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English
faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan t o
teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English.
HISTORY
faculty.
- Winners selected by History
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring i n history with preference
given t o those who plan a career in the
field.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem-
istry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded
t o qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by
Library staff.
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on
basis of need and academic ability.
2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded
to an able and deserving student in the
field of mathematics.
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty.
1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually
t o juniorhenior students who are
majoring in a modern language with
preference given t o those who plan t o
teach language as a career.
2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available
to language majors studying a language
abroad during the academic year, t o
help with travel expenses. A special
application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel
Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass
students seeking t o acquire musical
and performance skills i n instrumental
music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award i s "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
student studying choral music.
Winners selected by Music
1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conduaing and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3- The
solberg
SchO1arshi~
- awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a maior/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement i n the art of singing.
NURSING -winners
faculty.
selected by Nursing
Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial
-awardedtoagraduateof
the Abbott Northwestern School of
Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division
Nursing Program at Augsburg.
PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
faculty,
The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually
to an upperc~ass
stu-
dent majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the
basis of skilled performance or aptitude
in stringed instruments.
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
Costs listed here are for the 1980-81
academic year, and are subject to change
without notice.
T U I T I O N - $3,660
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1980. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $510 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing is one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
Students enrolled in the music therapy
program will arrange their internship
with Music Department faculty. The
charge for this one-course credit is $510.
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Psychology of Music, $10
Nursing Admission Test, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition to tuition are
$140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00
per lesson during Interim.
Class piano lessons, $70 per term
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an
interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
An application fee of $10.00 i s required
from all new students.
Nursing students are required to have a
name pin, available at cost through the
Department of Nursing.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00.
OTHER COSTS
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge is
$510.00.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made in the Registrar's Office with
charges according t o the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore o n a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room
- $1,760.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
I n the event of excessive increases i n the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for
the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r .
charge. New 'OnApplied to the
tracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring term by notifying the Office of
student Life in writing by the first day of
registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late
cancellation or lack of proper
notifica. .
tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior
to
(Fall semester) or
(Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited
from the $100 advance payment
as a
.
.
service charge. If the new contract is
cancelled after July or January
the
entire amount will be forfeited.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Settlement of Account
Application Fee - $10.00
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded t o
the student early i n August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year isdue
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
Tuition - $3,660
Board and Room
- $1,760
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded o n termination o f studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
No student is permitted to register if hisor
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five daysof classes.
90% from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds a r e made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty
advisers
who are readily availablefor consultat;on
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected t o be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and t o equip students for
lifetime sports.
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Students who enter the
nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts
degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor
of Science degree should contact the
Office of the Registrar for information on
the specific requirements for a second
bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson:
Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
of
of
of
of
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairperson:
Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary .Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in
one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of
Science/Arts degree and 17 for these
degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor
of Science i n Music Therapy, and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
No more than these maximums may be
the 35
'Ourses
required: CHR
courses
independent study or directed study or
a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship
and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in
the major except Elementary Education
and one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson).
Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish
t o earn a B.S. degree should contact
the Office of the Registrar for specific
requirements for a second bachelor's
degree.
For transfer students, the maximum in
the areas listed in the paragraph above
is an average of two courses per year of
attendance at Augsburg.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major (except for
Elementary Education and Nursing,
where 2.5 averages are required).
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number o f i n t e r i m
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are availableinthe
Registrar's Office.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following seven areas (onecourse
may fulfill the requirement in one
area only):
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission t o register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology -.Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English -Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts
Art - Music
Although a student may register up t o two
weeks after the semester begins, it i s
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
C. Students without prior study of a
foreign language will complete two
courses (111 and 112) of one foreign
language. Students who test above
111 level of a foreign language will
take one additional course at placement level in that language or two
courses (111 and 112) of another
foreign language.
Students are urged n o t t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result i n a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments i n
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
D. Three approved courses in religious
studies of which not more than one
may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
E. A course related t o urban concerns.
Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term.
F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency i n two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
i n order t o receive credit for it.
A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim.
Students registered for three or more
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
t h e Committee o n Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been o n probation for
two terms and withdraws from the Cod
lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards o f
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance ( n o
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383 and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system or only o n the
traditional system. English 111 is graded P
or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select
the traditional grading system i n most
other courses. Students are cautioned t o
use the P/N grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number
of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according t o dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the caseof extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that i s t o be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade
point average. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within t w o
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes i n courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
Magnacumlaude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e
average
3.6 - 3.79 grade
average
3.3 - 3.59 grade
average
To qualify for graduation with distinction,
transfer students must have completed
two years (14traditionally graded courses)
of work at Augsburg.
Independent Study
An opportunity for independent study i s
offered through many departments. This
i s available to conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and
preparation in a given field to carry out
work on an independent basis.
Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term
suggests, this requires considerably more
faculty direction than for independent
study, and a student i s not expected t o
have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered
on a lower division level.
Students interested in registering for
either independent study or directed
study must first secure permission from
the faculty who will direct the study.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it i n one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
i n order t o receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n
which the independent study is proposed
is not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions t o this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached t o
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information t o the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classified as full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o
report any change i n registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n t h e case of extreme
emergency. See section o n Grading.
Grade reports are issued t o students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran'; academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported t o
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested i n earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersons or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts.
Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts.
Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts.
..
..
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered i n the Division
of Professional Studies.
A full course has the approximatevalue of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition t o laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. students shouid consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered i n the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
deDartment
symbol
#Consent of instructor
T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t
Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................
Summer Session,1979 ...........................................
Summary o f Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................
Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979).
.....................
1,712
408
7,290
337
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
bf the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 231, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities i n the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and497 (
A
~
~
~
;
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 120, 122, 723, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 127,122,170,325,326,
370, 371, 427
Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer School and at
other colleges should be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery~
evangelicalism.
Course content subject t o
~
~
~
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience in urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women i n
American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107, and 1 art history course.
Two required from 118,221,223,225,250;
one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389.
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
including 386, 3 8 7 ~388.
100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional
courses dealing with subjects not usually
offered by the department.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading toward
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
242 FILM M A K I N G
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS I
An introduction to the making of pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
t o black and white photographic process.
Need access to 35 mm. camera.
A study of visual communications i n
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS I1
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
Advanced work i n ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778.
Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
107. Offered alternate years).
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
t o determine project.
478 SCULPTURE 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture i n Europe. (Offered
7 982-83)
240 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
7 980-87)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century.
(Offered 7987-82)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times.
(7 982-83)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the
present. (Offered 7987-82)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements.(7980-87)
Early Christian through late Gothic and
Biology
Chairperson: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122
also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily
choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses in earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill,
ll2and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation in
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in .the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair;
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not
apply to the major or minor. Spring)
108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course i n which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as biology majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall)
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate
years)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well as descriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,261,
262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper
division courses are required. For those
planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262,
373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper
division courses are required. Economics
392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data
processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5
Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,
445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373;
Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111
or English 223; Communications 354 or
355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135,
.,
J
0
250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics
courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications
351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is
strongly recommended.
Majors in Marketing and Management
are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered in the department in
addition to those listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income
Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination i n
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major in Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible, i n
order to carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Principles of basic policy and strategy
issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and
control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager. (On
Demand)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
search methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of
research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad.
135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective
integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745
or consent of instructor. O n Demand)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY A N D CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
An introduction t o quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring)
330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D
ANALYSIS
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
Research process as an aid to decision
making i n marketing management; re-
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full
t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report o n his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is
strongly recommended. Fall)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management
and decision making, planning marketing
programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f
instructor. O n Demand)
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be
presented in the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
483 AUDITING
Concepts and principals related t o the
management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing.
Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling,
and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
295,495 TOPICS
Lecturer, discussions, meetings with
478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
members of the staff or visiting faculry
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ".
FaSI, Interim, Spring]
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed t o afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
NOTE: In addition to the courses listed
below these topics are offered under 295,
495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods
for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and
one other upper division economics
course.
ECONOMICS
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics
courses (including 122,123,251,258,454);
Business Administration 101, 102, 379;
Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may
be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence
is very strongly recommended for those
planning graduate study in economics.
I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses
i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS:
9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258,
454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper
division);Business Administration 101,
102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. The student
i s strongly encouraged t o take other
Economics courses in addition t o those
listed above.
-
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251,
258); 6 Business Administration courses
(including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses
in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The
student is very strongly encouraged t o
take additional courses both in business
administration and economics.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, i n order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate
discussion of t h e above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in Economics or Business
Administration. It does not apply toward
an Economics major or minor. Students
who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead
enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open
to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction t o macroeconomics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term i n order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
An introduction to microeconomics, the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student t o progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of
monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make
better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are
taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route,
inventory models, information systems,
etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and
h i g h school algebra o r equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY A N D BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M
454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not t o the
major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. I n
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S
Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor
of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation
and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or
#. O n Demand)
445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and
practices i n forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and
non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of
economic problems o f relevance t o
management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or
equivalent o r consent o f instructor.
Spring, O n Demand)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Provides the opportunity t o become
familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be
presented i n the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Mathematical economics with emphasis
on the application of mathematical tools
t o the areas of micro and macro economic
theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at
least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent
o f instructor. O n Demand)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent t o one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE
EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR:
Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry
(115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth
and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353,
361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be
substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students
are advised t o consult with the Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115,
176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years or # . Fall
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall;
106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3
hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115
Fall, 116 Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed for non-chemistry majors and
those in allied health science programs
whose professional goals do not require
either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied, followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic
acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for
Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for
both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem.
103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or
115, Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
i s correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied in
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds in the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge
of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are
expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Chemistry majors who are interested in
non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue
their interest via independent study.
(Junior Standing)
East Asian Studies
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Componentsof
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses in Japanese or
4 courses in Chinese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
Economics
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
74
See under Business Administration and
Economics.
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
t o all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll i n other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 341 (%), 358
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a
traditional grading system only.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Sociology of the Family
Soc 231
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences i n
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music ('/z course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (Y2 course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
his/her life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health ('/z course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(Yi course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. o f Ed. Summer I)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may select
Opportunity for advanced and special-
A learning'Ontract
m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
a
situations for professional work experi-
425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM
Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates o n
details essential t o the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements i n a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
It is the responsibility of each student t o
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
t o conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu-
2.
3.
4.
5.
cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if heor she has been admitted into
the program of the Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359, 388, 478; the required course(s)
in special methods i n t h e area
of t h e student's major, and two or
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them t o teach i n their area i n all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans t o teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
art major will register for Educ. 361
and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365;
and the music major for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major i n a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for
inschool work. Open t o all students.
(Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(lh course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses i n special methods must be taken
from the department in the major field.
Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found i n regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fa 11)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course
360 American Studies Methods
'/Z course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
'/Z course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
?hcourse
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
Emphasis o n the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups i n Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. Open to all.
(Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(A minimum o f two courses, except three
courses required o f Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval.
Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance in use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical d i -
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest i n the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student to earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission t o the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course i n American literature, one
course i n the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course in the English
language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance.
In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, t o
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested i n a teaching major
are encouraged t o take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planningtheir courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o
department chairperson early i n senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies t o the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e
courses listed under the American Studies
major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses i n writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING
226 CREATIVE WRITING
A preparatory course for effective writing
for students identified by an examination
as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing
skills will be given. Students will write
short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N
grading only. (Fall, Spring)
The purpose of the course is t o encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing i n
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
227 JOURNALISM
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n
order t o hold a place i n the course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student i s first
introduced t o the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
communitv news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE
PROFESSIONS
A practical course designed to improve
writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals
w i l l be emphasized. Students will be
encouraged to use material from their
own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1
or Equivalent)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
'
The development of essays i n a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
t o stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, i n
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring)
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o t h e emergence o f
literary naturalism. Attention is also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given t o the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
1980-81)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
i s given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship t o the
literature. Special emphasis i s given to the
city as setting and symbol i n modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and its emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 1980-81)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
isc cuss ion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the department chairperson.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
Open t o junior or senior English majors
w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban
location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language
study should register in courses suited to
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
below their level may only d o so for a
grade of P/N.
., be:
,c.J/.
--
,;.I
-
For majors, a minimum of four upper
division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maximum of
four upper division non-Augsburg courses
may be accepted. N o fewer than two of
these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper
division courses at Augsburg College is
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending to major
or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified.
See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0
average in Advanced Conversation and
composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later
than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
/
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with
no previous background in French to the
language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hour? laboratory work. See
above on placehent. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintaice with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and
developing greater ease in reading. For
those who have studied most of the basic
structures. Two hours of laboratory work.
(Fall)
come acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor. (Offered o n Demand)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through informative and controversial
articles, interviews and literary readings,
this course works toward the goals of oral
fluency, communication of ideas, and the
acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue
general reading in French. Completes a
review of basic structures. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N
Explores topics of current interest in both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t ,
grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students be.
.
--
.
,
.
a
.
-
-
%
.....
(Fall)
*
,,,...... . .
*
,
*
.
.
,
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317
or #. Alternate years)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works o f French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
317 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required of all majors.
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led t o new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training in the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
an
Or
Study in depth
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim
offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
to complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho
have had 111 or equivalent or less
than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple
G
~ insights
~ intoG~~~~~
~
~
culture and participation i n short conversations.
~~b~~~~~~~
materialsavailable.
(Fa//, spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in terms of their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply t o
a German major or minor. (On Demand)
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. I n German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered o n demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability to express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. In German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t
pansion of
Aims at developing and refining the stuof
reading
skills
through
selections from
use of German as a vehicle for
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax
ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough
the
Greek
text.
(Prereq.:
772 0' #. Fall)
language,
use of German as classroom
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
451 GERMAN PROSE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century to the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according to foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Japanese
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including
311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in
Norway recommended. (Academic credit
may also be earned through the Camp
Norway program in Norway.) Consult
department for details.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus
one course under Scandinavian Studies.
TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
PREPARATION:
Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 172
or equivalent.)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have
special assignments. (Offered alternate
years)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
This study of Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring
1981. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice i n spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of class for course offerings, and
Russiam Area Studies in this catalog.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the
course (711, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high
school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring)
223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE
Through essays, short stories, and novels
written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists,
the course will introduce the student t o
the world of the Chicano and his dual
struggle t o maintain his traditions and
culture on the one hand, and t o integrate
into American society on the other. (On
Demand)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (On Demand)
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution t o world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate
years.)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980, alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de-
velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352,
Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.;
and
non-Western.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o
the regular history major a social science
major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
a
language at the college level
(0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o One course credit) to be
defmded before a faculty committee.
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per
year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as is the period of the Cold War.
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries.
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation.
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel.
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia,
Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
412 ENGLAND I N THE
TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and o n the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods.
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and i t s
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714.
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in
the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Attention i s given to overseas emigration.
463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
i n this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus o n
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam.
464 M O D E R N CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion
of China's isolationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions o f the 20th
century.
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa.
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n
history courses are encouraged t o apply
for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study
may be applied toward the major.
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires i n Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
An introduction t o the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns t o be found in
our physical and human environment.
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
t o department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study i n
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
i n one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement
in mathematics.
114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r
equations, exponents a n d radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications t o the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications t o the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily from the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN
ALGEBRA
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa/ I )
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or
125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods
including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation
between student and department.
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages
and methods.Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
in numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division
College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics:
Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one
western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology.
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work
lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s
closely with the Medical Technology
equivalent should expect to spend two
adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in
antee that all students will be accepted by
the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship.
logy major is not designed for persons
Students must negotiate directly with the
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
hospitals involved.
- degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g.
lectures, symposia, performances, hear-
ings. These resources become the core of
the course, supplemented by traditional
college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member.
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agenciesfor work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
A N D CULTURE
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending
on
.
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed o n
Norwegian urban development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
Structured field course focusing on plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o
various types of barrios and to public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SA U S)
This "semester in the city" program is
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student .elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and in-
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
-
Readings.
discussions, and lectures in
" ,
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
-382
dependent study.
FIELD EN'ERlENCE
383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major in Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of the sophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform in music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
of Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE:
17
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457,
458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and
electives; 4 years of Performance Studies
with double periods in the last two years,
and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies in'cluding at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective i n speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need t o apply for internshipsites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ-
izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and i t s defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals is required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
is required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring to
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented i n parallel, rather than i n
sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The development of music through the
study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s
placed upon relationships between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fa 11)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
O F MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
I n a historical approach to the study of
music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into
topics of particular interest. Suitable for
both non-music and music majors.
330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE
A historical survey of solo vocal literature
from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the
performer as interpretation, style, and
diction. (Fall)
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music
theory and history classes t o the study of
20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring,
alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Fall)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to
d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N
BEHAVIOR
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
MUSIC THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in
the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background in
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This is
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM
IN
THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS
An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
RECITALS
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Student recitals afford an opportunity for
public performance and acquaint
students with all aspects of preparation
a quality perforand presentation
mance.
Instruments: Technique as
ertoire~performance.
rep-
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The music organizations exist not onlyfor
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes t o
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
participate in groups affording
- opportun. .
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
ity for musical expression. The student
available t o all students. For statement of
must be carrying at least two courses each
fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
required. No course credit.
Brass Ensemble**
Piano
Choir*
Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale**
mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band*
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
Jazz Ensemble**
examination has been passed may be apOrchestra*
plied toward the music major or minor.
String Ensemble**
Woodwind Ensemble**
Organ
*Membership by audition.
Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent
formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor.
Natural Science
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas
~
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Physical Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses i s designed t o
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general educa-
tion requirements of the college and, i n
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES
7 COURSES
-
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111, 112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry
I n order t o make the program slightly
more flexible, it i s recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - Comparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
SCIENCE
- 7 COURSES
Candidates may be recommended for
licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science
Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical
Science Emphasis-Physics major. The
student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades
7-12.
1. Chemistry Major
Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry
in place of Chemistry 362
Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit)
Physics 245 - Modern physics
2. Physics Major
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
Physics 351 - Mechanics I
Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I
Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory
Three additional Physics courses t o be
selected from the following: Physics
261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical
Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II;
Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II;
Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics
486, Quantum Mechanics.
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding t h e
Weather (the alternative course not
taken i n the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R
Candidates requesting certification bas'ed
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation i n chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers an upper division major
i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of
Science degree.
Requirements for admission to the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. i n
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses
at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the
nursing
- major.
.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current
nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the
past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing
refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is
highly recommended. The required
courses i n sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward admission t o the major. An
upper division science course is required
and must be completed during the first
year of study in the nursing major. This
is to be selected after consultation with a
nursing faculty advisor.
Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned
so that they may be completed within two
academic years. However, more than two
years may be required to complete the
total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
(!h course)
This course will present principles of
teaching and learning within a process
framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The
students will have an opportunity t o assess
their own learning style, write behavioral
objectives and develop a teaching plan
for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
(1/2 course)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
I n this course the student will examine
elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The
student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history
and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a
holistic assessment of an elderly person.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
Students will assess their own leadership
style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional
nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.:
303.)
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this
course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique
nursing research and design a research
project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
Focuses on systems theory, change theory
and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the
practice of nursing. Students will do a
health assessment of a client and will
explore a community health issue related
t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.)
This course will examine the diversity of
American families. Content includes the
structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of
situational and developmental crisis
events. The emerging role of the nurse in
providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304,
377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or
concurrently with Nursing 423.)
311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV
This course provides a knowledge base
for understanding community values of
cultural groups as they relate to health
care and the nurse's role in a community
health team. Strong clinical component
for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior
year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.)
This course deals with the integration of
communication, leadership theory and
the professional nurse role in the context
of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken
prior to or concurrently with Nursing
427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I
The preceptorship practicum offers the
student an opportunity to implement a
negotiated learning contract in a selected
practice setting. This approach provides
opportunities for developing objectives,
selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s),
client and agencies, in providing complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.)
groups i n a selected practice setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To
be taken concurrently with or following
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING
A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course
utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership theory t o
I n depth study of a learner-selected topic
or issue. Students must consult with
faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration.
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241,242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the
Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendations will be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual i n the Renaissanceand the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course,
247.)
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? I n innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and
other issues are dealt with in astudy of the
m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested
prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and
reason? Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language. (Suggested prior course,
730 or 344.)
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or
one course in natural science.)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to
problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY
Advanced studies covering a specific area
of philosophy, such as studies in the
thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May
be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses, any from 247,
242, 343, 344 or #.)
430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474;
Biol. 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H
SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy major must be secured from the
corrective therapy coordinator.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
474, 485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major plus coaching
practicum meets the coaching requirement.
234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
t o spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (7/2 course. Spring)
243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703.
Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
223 TEAM SPORTS
CHILD
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
(See Health Education)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (7/2 course. Interim)
(See Health Education)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term, odd # years only)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term, odd # years only)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term, odd # years only)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd # years only)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-
education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354
Summer school only)
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL
AFFILIATlON
115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103,
l . 108, 111;
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required.
Chem. 103 or 105;
105;
231,
Includes actual hospital experience i n
241.
four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy
o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485,
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.)
]OR: Same as health education major plus
H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n an area of
physical education. O p e n only t o junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231,
110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course
Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course
Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand
evaluation of tests in heaith and physical
education. (spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
Historical background,legal bases,school
health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
-
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged to work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
-
-
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early i n their planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall, Spring)
103
FOR
LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed to serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
"
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications t o both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus
Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
A careful study of classical mechanics i n
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSlvE
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.*
H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
See the class schedule for precise listing of
terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
A N D POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues in American society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy in the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
160 W O R L D POLITICS
Introduction t o the processes and issues
of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in th: electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential elections
(optional i n non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic to be included
i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
(See Section II for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue t o inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
to political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY:
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered on demand)
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between instructor and student. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264,
265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also
required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the
senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from among
299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward
the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a
minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and
499 may be counted toward the minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction t o the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING
An ecologically oriented approach to the
study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on
the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive
behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel
environments such as outer space, animal
& machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705)
264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, A N D
ANALYSIS I, II
A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II.
Majors i n psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory i n respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made,
has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space & crime,
and built environments such as rooms,
buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Study of selected areas and topics i n
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior t o
registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #).
399 INTERNSHIP
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
Issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
.
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students i n psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all
other courses.
Department approval i s necessary before
courses taken in other colleges can be
accepted for Religion Department and/or
general education course credit.
ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including
111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r
especially for majors to be taken i n the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied t o the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483,
471 or 473. These together with specified
courses in other departments can lead t o
Augsburg certification.
PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR:
The Minnesota Department of Education
does not at the present timegrant teacher
certification for a religion major or minor.
To prepare for teaching about religion in
public schools, the student should work
closely with the Religion Department t o
design a program which includes: a) a
major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or
secondary teaching, and b) a religion
major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355,
356, 360, 363 and 471.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted for the
minor.
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N
THE LlFE O F THE CITY
The Gospel and various forms of ministry
evident in urban structures.
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implications will
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious communities.
358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7987-82)
See under Department of Philosophy
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N
AMERICA
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological
thought of the Protestant reformersof the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
A study of the development of religion i n
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this
country.
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
(See under Department of Music)
399 INTERNSHIP
Limited t o students who have completed
at least four academic courses, have at
least first semester Junior standing, and
satisfy department guidelines.
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found i n his writings. (Offered
1981-82)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 1980-81)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period to
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative
trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
structive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con-
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian A r e a Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. In addition to providing a
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
MAJOR: 11 courses
4 courses (2 years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course i n Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course i n Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives.
M I N O R : 6 courses
2 courses (1 year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
1 course i n Russian history
1 course i n Soviet politics
1 course in Marxist theory
1 other course from the approved list
of electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred l o e l
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
Major programs must contain 4 courses
listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses
under Department of Foreign languages.
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given t o O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and minors
will have special assignments. (Offered
Spring, 1981.)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See under Department of Music.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture
with special emphasis o n conditions and
developments i n the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
345 SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
- AMERICAN
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand)
351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required t o d o
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7987)
352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980)
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of Religion.
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST).
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D
CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department
Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar.
Term (SUST).
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching i n social studies. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned i n any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2
non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of
these must be upper division.
2. 2 political science courses.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business;
Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc.
362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365,
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation.
4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics,
geography, psychology, sociology.
vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC.
362 or 365.
D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
EMPHASIS
6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122,
14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th
term of collegework in a modern
sion, from economics, history, political
foreign
language.
science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332,
clude:
Poli. Sci. 363, 461.
I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any
disciplines.
one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258,
2. 5 or more courses from another of the
495, seminar, independent study or
disciplines other than history.
interim course on a relevant topic;
3. 1 American history course (may be Part
Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar,
of requirement 1).
independent study or interim course
4. 1 social science methodology course
on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351,
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot.
380, 381, 382, seminar, independent
362 or365 (may be Part of requirement
study or interim course on a relevant
1 or 2).
topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS
lege work in a second modern foreign
language.
1. Hist. 103, The Modern World.
2. 12 courses in non-Western studies,
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
with at least 4 disciplines represented,
each of five disciplines, selected from the
from the following: Econ. 122, 258;
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science,
nar, independent study, or interim
psychology, and sociology. The selection
course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci.
of courses must be approved by one of
351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science
ent study, or interim course on a relemajor.
Social W o r k
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as to sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree. The core
program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*,
351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*,
and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363,
364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467.
Recommended courses are: one CHR,
Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326,
Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year.
SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n
Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and
Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of
functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement
in the senior year in the special area.
Completion of aspecialization i s noted on
the transcript.
SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work
i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
.:
..
I..
.. -,:. ' -
Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim)
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior.
Spring)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned to address needs
of older population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL W O R K
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi-
364 FIELD W O R K I
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL W O R K
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD WORK Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. ('/z course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be
studied in the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (#half or full
credit. Interim)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
Sociology
Chairperson: G . Nelson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362,
363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
CHR course, internship, independent
study or upper division interim course i n
sociology. This recommendation is made
in the hope that the student will take ad-
vantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult
department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted to a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE
M O D E R N METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students i n a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring)
The first course in atwo-coursesequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative informa-
tion. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications t o program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention is
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and
Psych. 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city i n history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related to
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
777 or 127 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power in the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #.
Fall)
-
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty
member of the department.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
contai'ning rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of
Admissions.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory
performance on competency tests in
writing and typing.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize i n any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
An introduction to radio and television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
emphasis on producing, programming,
writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN
SOCIETY
See under Department of Political Science.
351
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL
COMMUNICATlONS
action through verbal and non-verbal
I, II
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art
munication barriers. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N
See under Department of English
A study of group dynamics and leadership
242 FILM-MAKING
with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
See under Department of Art.
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction t o principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate
years.)
480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N
Cooperative investigation o f topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major i n theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is
not part of the major.
A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233,
243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses i n voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
C.
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor i n English.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
i n dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course,and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor i n English.
and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd.
(Spring, alternate years)
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice i n reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization,crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee.
Offered alternate years).
229 STAGE DESIGN I
lntroduction t o scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
361 THEATER HISTORY
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.)
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.)
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterization to
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
dividion students only. Spring)
233 ADVANCED ACTING
367 STAGE DIRECTION I1
This course explores t h e elements o f
characterization through improvisation
and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on
a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and
In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor.
Spring.)
429 STAGE DESIGN II
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
- Advanced design projech based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary M a j o r
- -
-
.
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic
fields. Students wishing to develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARD OF REGENTS+'
Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Oscar M. Austad
President
The Austad Company
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and
Management Committee
Dr. Paul B. Batalden
Program Director, Health
Services Research
St. Louis Park Medical Center
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Arley R. Bjella
Chairman of the Board
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard
Chairman of the Board and
C.E.O.
First Bank System, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Chairman, Academic and
Student Affairs
Committee
*as of September, 1979
Dr. Harold I. Lunde
Executive Vice PresidentAdministration
Kobacker Stores, lnc.
Columbus, Ohio
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
William A. Nelson, jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates,
Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Development
Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo
Member of Congress
Fifth District-Minnesota
Washington, D.C.
Bertil Sandberg
President, N. H. Sandberg
Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Lut.her Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake
Group Vice President
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Howard E. Olson
Mary Lou Williams
President
Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota
St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla
Chairman of the Board and C.E.O.
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock
Chairman
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
*SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg
College
B
*JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
* D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University
*LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
Barbara
-Santa
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University
* J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969,
University of Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
F
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University
o f Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota
PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
*JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University o f Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre
Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of
Kentucky
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
* D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970,
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
*MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
M
J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of
Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
*LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University
of Minnesota
ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976,
University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Seminary
Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
*BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University
* J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of
America
*DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
-
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus.
1965, Lakeland College
E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
*WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974,
Mankato State University
*MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of
Pittsburgh
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ)
*LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
*VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University
*BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977.
NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President..
.Avalon Okerson
......
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
.Beverly Wegge
Registrar .............................................
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach
.Bonnie Wallace
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither
Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte
.Pamela Louisa
Assistant Registrar .....................................
Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson
.........
DEVELOPMENT
........................ .Glen W. Johnson
...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland
............................. .Michael Walgren
Vice President for Development
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... ,
Associate Director, Alumni and
Parent Giving .......................................
Executive Secretary ....................................
....... .A. B. Batalden
.Jeroy Carlson
.Irene Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information..
Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
....
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange
Assistant Director
Bill Ross
.Sue Bonner
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson
.....................................
.....................
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs and
Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine
INDEX
...........
Academic Administration
47
Academic Life ..................... 14
Accreditation ....................... 7
Administration ................... 156
Admission to the College ........... 31
Advanced Placement ...............34
Advanced Standing ................ 34
American Indian Programs
26
American Studies .................. 56
Anthropology .................... 139
Art, Department of ................. 57
Biology. Department of ............. 60
Black Student Programs ............ 26
Board of Regents ................. 116
Business Administration ............ 63
Calendar ...................... Cover
Campus Map ...................... 70
Certification Programs .............. 22
Chemistry. Department of .......... 71
Chinese ........................... 87
Classification ...................... 54
Communications ................. 141
Computer Science ................ 101
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................. 19
Continuing Education .............. 22
Corrective Therapy ................ 19
Costs .......................... 35. 44
Course Descriptions ................ 56
Course Value ...................... 54
Credit by Examination .............. 54
Dean's List ........................ 52
Degrees ........................... 23
Divisional Organization ............ 47
East Asian Studies .................. 74
Economics ........................ 67
Education. Department of .......... 75
Engineering ....................... 81
English. Department of ............. 81
Enrollment ........................ 55
Expenses ....................... 35, 4
Faculty ........................... 147
Financial Aid ...................... 35
Five-College Cooperative ........... 18
Food Service ...................... 29
Foreign Language,
Department of ................... 86
French ............................ 87
44
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education
Requirements ................... 15
..........
..........
Geography ........................ 99
German ........................... 90
Glossary of Terms ................... 4
Grading ........................... 50
Graduates ......................... 55
Graduation Requirements
48
Graduation with Distinction
32
Greek ............................ 92
Health Education ................. 719
Health Service ..................... 29
History of Augsburg College
6
History. Department of ............. 96
Honors Program ................... 22
Housing ....................... 27, 45
Independent Study ................ 52
Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25
Intercultural Center ................ 26
Inter-Institutional Programs
75
International Students .............. 27
Internship Program ................ 22
Japanese .......................... 92
Journalism ........................ 83
Library Science .................... 80
Location ........................... 6
Majors ............................ 15
Mathematics, Department of ........ 99
Medical Technology .............. 702
Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102
Music, Department of ............. 104
Music Therapy .................... 108
Nature and Objectives
.6
of Augsburg ...............
Natural Science ................... 109
22
New Dimensions Program
Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7
Norwegian ........................ 93
Numbering of Courses ............. 55
Nursing .......................... 111
Personnel of the College .......... 147
16
Pre-Professional Training
113
Philosophy, Department of
Physical Education ................ 116
Physical Plant ...................... 12
Physics, Department of ............ 120
Political Science,
Department of .................. 123
Probation and Dismissal ............ 49
Psychology, Department of ........ 126
Regents, Board of ................. 146
45
Refunds .........................
Registration ....................... 49
..........
........
.........
.........
..,
..........
...........
........
Religion. Department of ........... 129
Religious Life ...................... 24
Russian Area Studies .............. 132
Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133
Scholarships. Grants ................ 35
Social Science Majors ............. 134
135
Social Work. Department of
Sociology. Department of .......... 138
Spanish ........................... 94
Speech. Department of ............ 141
Student Life ....................... 24
Student Rights ..................... 29
.......
Student Services ................... 25
Study Abroad ...................... 20
Summer School .................... 22
Symbol (#) ........................ 55
Theater Arts ...................... 143
Transdiciplinary Major
145
Transfer t o Augsburg
32
Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44
Veterans .......................... 53
Visiting the Campus ................. 7
Work-Study ....................... 35
............
...............
CATALOG
1980-82
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the
1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog,
with page number references. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it i s subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have
questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser,
the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Accreditation and Memberships
National League for Nursing
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
College Costs 1981-82
Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00
600.00
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ...........................
300.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................
Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00
986.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) .......................................
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
..............
5.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ............
Class, per semester
.......
150.00
50.00
600.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credit) ............ 600.00
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 2
Summer 1981
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring,
Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis
M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Financial Aid/l7-18
Gift Assistance
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All
applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and
demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program
ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of
higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s
$1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The
grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s
made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the
necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office.
Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet
federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or
lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be
enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The
American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities
and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be
considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee.
Scholarships/20-23
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time
service careers in the church.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Departmental Scholarships
Chemistry
Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going
into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded
The Rev. and Mrs.
study of history.
annually to a history major.
0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the
Music
Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in
church music.
Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded
annually to a music therapy student.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
political science.
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one
division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-BusinessAdministration
Elementary Education
Engineering'
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese,l French
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,l
Spanish
Health Education
History
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education:
Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics.
Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5
5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv
Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the
Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl.
Graduation Requirements/39-40
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic
record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more
than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the
Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of
Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing
degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor
i i1udenr5 whore complete
academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include
one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/
directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P).
Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary
Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a
major i n Nursing.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
Psychology-Sociology
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one
additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is,
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses
are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To
receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing
it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must
be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v
the teacher along with the incomplete.
J
A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship
that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed
during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation
and i n the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Art/49
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg
College.
Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341,
358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in
Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341,
352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a
traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ.
481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood
license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and
other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of
lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n
352. 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
181,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure
program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course.
Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying
f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of
their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation
course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of
Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in
the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4)
Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations
through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115;
Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a
minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S.
degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6)
Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she
plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese
5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student
teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe
art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365:
and the music major for Educ. 373.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking
two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses
361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
'
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
-.
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
-.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n
to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and
program approval)
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r ,
James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information
and use libraries effectively.'(Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library
situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service.
worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Germad75
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history
m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
M a t hematics/89-90
361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355)
A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal
ofoan procedures
problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~
l
Topics tnclude the general concept
or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~.
of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245)
tlon, numer~r-a1
Computer Science
Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare
students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o
a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs.
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers.
Augsburg also has access to large
r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational
C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota.
~~~~~~~r.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly
C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r
C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495.
Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a
career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is
t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor.
145 Introduction to General Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications
of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development
of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout
the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
(See Mathematics 361, new number for this course)
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine
Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson,
Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman,
Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund,
Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David
Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt.
See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information,
guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum
plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of
Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior
recitals; French o r German.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350
or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion
to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g
103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv
and 1Sociology. ~ncluding
Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended
courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362,
3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended],
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in
performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s
defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of
graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of
not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall
semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These
organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student
who wishes to particrpate:
Augsburg Choir
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
String Ensemble
Concert Band
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
Orchestra
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area.
MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree.
Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading.
D ~ ~ r l nthe
g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a
major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and
Instruments are available for rent.
jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50)
designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present full Junior and Senior recitals.
Examinations
All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music
majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223,224 Theory
MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of
~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt,
and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224.
Spr~ng)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature o i Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch
aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall)
375 Instrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is
nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p
sites must be made
n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded.
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science/99
Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative
course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245).
Nursing/99
Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science
degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing.
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy
-\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian
riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud.
lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1982)
Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land.
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
Social Science/l17
Social Science
M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science
l
major: t h e General M a j o r and the
Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d
es
t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected
on
In the Soc~al
I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless
Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major.
GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3:
Hi5tory221,222;
G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or
710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses
i o n
in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics.
:
Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv
the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should
rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division
course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to
fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course
(Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4
disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440,
474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 :
seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or
Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should
consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
on rhe high school level must complete, in
Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History
222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one
of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or
v sociology - o r
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work 118-119
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*;
and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least
one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or
Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Official publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue S.
Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing Catalog 1980-1982
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
Please write for application material to:
REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING
THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church;
A member of Fairvi...
Show more
Please write for application material to:
REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING
THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church;
A member of Fairview Community Hospitals
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1980-1981
For The FRESHMEN:
Freshmen arrive
Sept. 2
Registration at Augsburg College
Sept. 3
Fall semester begins
Sept. 4
Thanksgiving holidays
Nov. 27-30
Last day of fall semester
Dec. 19
Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays
Interim begins
Jan. 5
Interim ends
Jan. 30
Feb. 4
Spring semester begins
April 16-21
Easter I spring holidays
May 21
Spring semester ends
For The JUNIORS & SENIORS:
Aug. 20-22
Orientation for transfer students
Aug. 25
First quarter begins
Oct. 24
First quarter ends
Nov. 3
Second quarter begins
Nov. 27-30
Thanksgiving holidays
Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays
Second quarter ends
Jan. 16
Third quarter begins
Jan. 26
Third quarter ends
Mar. 27
Fourth quarter begins
April 6
April 20
Easter holidays
Fourth quarter ends
June 5
The above schedule is tentative and subject to change.
1646 students have graduated from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing
128 students are currently enrolled.
Cover photograph by Miriam Weinstein
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL BOARD OF TRUSTEES
AND ADMINISTRATION
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Gerald Simonson, Chairman
Dr. Kenneth C. Bailey
Mr. James W. Krause
Mr. George Michaelsen
Mr. Charles H. Clay
Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann
Mr. Donald A. Nelson
Mrs. Marlene Engstrom
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson
Mr. Richard Franzmeier
Rev. John N. Parbst
Mr. Allen A. Housh
Mr. Clinton A. Schroeder
Dr. Richard D. Hovland
Dr. John M. Stensvaag
Dr. Donald Johnson
Dr. Francis J. Trost
Mr. Verne C. Johnson
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
School of Nursing
HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION
Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Administrator
Mr. Mark M. Enger, Assistant Administrator
BULLETIN
EDUCATION & COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE
Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann, Chairwoman
Mr. George S. Michaelsen
Dr. Donald Johnson
Mr. Donald A. Nelson
Mrs. Gloria Nelson
Rev. John Parbst
ex-officio:
Mr. Gerald Simonson
Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Hospital Administrator
Mrs. Margaret Hermann, Director, School of Nursing
1980-1982
A three-year hospital-based diploma program
in basic nursing approved by the Minnesota Board of Nursing
and accredited by the National League for Nursing.
We believe our diploma program meets a
unique need. We intend to continue with our program
as long as we meet this need.
2315 14th AVENUE SOUTH• MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
36
1
.
*Mary Catherine Hooke, R.N., B.S ................. Instructor of Pediatric Nursing
State University of New York-Binghamton, B.S.
Graduate work: University of Rochester, New York
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
June lge, R.N., B.S.N ........................ Instructor of Fundamental Nursing
Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*Genevieve McCarr, R.N., B.S., M. Ed ......... Instructor of Fundamental Nursing
College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.Ed.
*Rachel Nelson, R.N., B.S ........................ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.
Jean Pekarek, R.N., A.A., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, Minnesota, R.N., A.A.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
Dawn Ranger, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............... Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
West Suburban School of Nursing, Oak Park, Illinois, R.N.
Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois, B.S.N.
De Paul University, Chicago, Illinois, M.S.N.
*Eva Schander, R.N., B.S.N ................... Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
A. Marlin Stene, B.A., B.Th., S.T.M ............ Hospital Chaplain Supervisor and
Instructor of Religion
St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, B.A.
Luther Seminary, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.Th.
Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa, S.T.M.
Marie Joel ........................................................ Registrar
A~EA M~~ A
. G RELATIONSHIPS ............ 3
·~ .> ••••••••• , •• • ••• • ••••••••••••••• 4
PHILOs~PHY
·. I:~S ()F THE PROGRAM .......... 5
> .. S~ND PROCEDURES ............ 11
ENTRANCE RE ·.· . · .
STUDENT SERVIGEs ::~··)<.·~··v ... · ......................... 16
STUDENT ACTIVI'f~JSS ... :;,..: •..........•... , ................ 18
FINANCIAL INFORMATION .. : ............................. 19
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION ............................ 21
ACADEMIC INFORMATION ................................. 23
CURRICULUM ORGANIZATION , ........................... 26
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .................................... 29
SCHOOL OF NURSING FACULTY ............................ 34
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ADMINISTRATION ..... 36
.HISTORY ..
v·:''
The contents of this bulletin are subject to change without notice.
or information contained herein.
*Part-time instructors
. ..
•,
~
35
'··· ,,
1_0,,L3<.:::
Flow Chart continued:
1
ii::_,
E
'
LUrrHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOOL OF NURSING
0
rSo
.µ
<Cl
OJ
S<d
u
+>
(/) (/) S- U1 • r- (/) U1 U1
VlS-OS-S::::S-<IJS<Cl ::::; ..o ::::; ,,_ ::::; E ::::;
.--- 0 <Cl Or- 0 <lJ 0
U:C...J:CU:Ctn:C
0
THIRD YEAR
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
+Rehabilitation Nursing
+Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing
Trends in Nursing II: History
45
45
8
135
135
Interim (4 weeks)
Independent Nursing Studies
BULLETIN SUPPLEMENT FOR 1980-1982
This supplement describes the changes that have occurred
in the school and the nursing program that it offers
since the printing of the bulletin.
8
8
•7
2
CHANGES IN ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Level IV
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
Nursing Intervention in Acute Care 48
48
Management of Patient Care
Trends in Nursing III:
Professionalism
8
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 22
* * * * * *
196
196
The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of
Nursing has been changed so that all three years follow the 4-1-4
plan consisting of two semesters and an interim. Each semester
is 16 weeks in length, and the interim is 4 weeks.
8
8
•7
2
CHANGES IN THE CURRICULUM:
* * * **
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:
The following courses have been added or redefined in the
curriculum:
CURRENT COSTS FOR 1981-82
Tuition at Lutheran Deaconess
Tuition for Augsburg College
Health Fee
Dormitory Room Rent
Graduation Fee
Books, Supplies & Incidentals
FIRST
YEAR
COSTS
SECOND
YEAR
COSTS
THIRD
YEAR
COSTS
$1,800.00
2,400.00
30.00
625.00
$3,000.00
150.00
30.00
625.00
$3,000.00
400.00
400.00
30.00
625.00.
50.00
400.00
Tuition and fees are estimated above. Effort will be made to keep charges
as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as
necessary.
OPERATING ROOM NURSING (4 weeks)
Op~rating Room Nursing is a Level II course which introduces the student to the nurses role during surgical
intervention and the maintenance of surgical asepsis. The
student functions with professional staff learning the
role of a circulating nurse and scrub nurse. Focus is on
responsibility to the patient pre-, intra-, and postoperatively. There are 36 hours of classroom theory and
72 hours of clinical experience in the operating room
or clinical area.
NURSING INTERVENTION IN ACUTE CARE (8 weeks)
Nursing Intervention in Acute Care is a Level IV course
in which the student TS exposed to patients and their
families with complex threats to health. Focus is on
specific nursing interventions appropriate for patients
and their families in intensive care, coronary care and
emergency areas. There are 48 hours of classroom theory
and 192 hours of clinical, 160 hours of which is inhospital, and 32 hours of which is psychomotor skills
practice in a laboratory setting.
New Course Flow Chart continued:
Vl Vl
Vl
rtJ ~
s...
,._ 0
Interim (4 weeks)
Pharmacology II
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry II*
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
Fundamentals of Nursing II
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry II* (continuation)
Microbiology*
+Effective Writing
c
0
.µ
r-•
m
u
rtJ
FIRST YEAR
Level I
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
Fundamentals of Nursing I
Pharmacology I
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry I*
Anatomy and Physiology*
+General Psychology*
Vl
u :r:
45
28
_J
Vl
S-
::::l
0
::r:. u:c (/) :r:
0
45
0
s...
Vl •r- Vl Vl
s:: s...
~s .,..
~
rtJ 0 Ir- 0
-.I
u
:r:
Vl
s...
Q)
E ~
a; 0
:r: (/) :r:
14
2
12
45
30
42
42
(])
.µ
u
28
12
s...
rel
45
30
42
4
4
4
Level II
SQ)
.µ
S- Vl .,.. Vl Vl
S- 0 S- s:: S- Q)
;:::) ..0 ;:::) .,.. ;:::) E
,... 0 rel 0 ,... 0 a;
Vl
Vl
rtJ
:r:
res
SECOND YEAR
In addition, Medical-Surgical Nursing 201 and 202 have been
combined into one course.
*******
I
0
0
S-
u
,...
+-'
s...
Independent Nursing Studies is the last course in Level
III and is taught during the four week interim of the
senior year. In this course, the student engages in
two self-selected independent learning projects. The
first project consists of a one week student investigation of the identification and possible use of health
care resources in an urban or rural setting. The
second project consists of a two week investigation of
a nursing topic selected by the student. For both
projects, the student develops a contract in conjunction
with an instructor. One week of the course is also
devoted to having the student obtain certification
in first aid and CPR if ne/she does not already possess
current certification valid through the date of
graduation.
E
S0
0
0
INDEPENDENT NURSING STUDIES (4 weeks)
NEW COURSE FLOW CHART
>:,
E
4,
2
42 42
4
42
42
4
4
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
Medical-Surgical Nursing
Principles of Sociology**
Church and Sects of America**
96
42
22
Interim (4 weeks)
Operating Room Nursing
First Aid
16
18
96
0
2
Level I I I
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
45
+Pediatric Nursing
45
+Obstetrical Nursing
'42
Developmental Psychology:The Child*
8
Trends in Nursing I: Assertiveness
135
135
8
8
4
*Courses taken at Augsburg College
**Cours,es offered by Augsburg Co 11 ege on
Deaconess Campus
+Course taken in the fall or spring semester
256 14
4
2
.7
I
FACUL TY, SCHOOL OF NURSING
Margaret Hermann, R.N., B.S.N., M.A ........... Director, School of Nursing and
Instructor of Trends of Nursing
Milwaukee Lutheran Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.
University of Wisconsin-Madison, B.S.N.
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A.
Barry L. Lundquist, B.S., M.A., Ed. S. . ........... Director of Curriculum Affairs
Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, B.S.
Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, M.A.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Ed.S.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
*Lisa Austin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ................. Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, B.S.N.
Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, M.S.N.
*Susan Bates, R.N., B.A., M.A .................... Instructor of Trends of Nursing
College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.A.
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A.
Graduate Work: William Mitchell College of Law
Beverly Beling, R.N., B.S.N. Ed ................... Instructor of Pediatric Nursing
St. Luke's School of Nursing, Fargo, North Dakota, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Ed.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*LuAnn Dahle, R.N., B.S.N., M.S ................ Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.
Sharon Dodds, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............. Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing
St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P .H.
Christine Erdahl, R.N ., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing
Abington Memorial School of Nursing, Abington, Pennsylvania, R.N.
Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
Marjorie Erickson, R.N., B.S.N .................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*Loretta Hanafin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
College of St. Teresa, Winona, Minnesota, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.N.
Carol Heupel, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............... Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing
Memorial School of Nursing, Wilmington, Delaware, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P.H.
34
UNIVERSITY OF
MINNESOTA
DETAIL OF HOSPITAL AREA
--. ;:::::====:!::::===~~
CHILDREN'S HEALTH CENTER
.
AND HOSPITAL
EBENEZER
SOCIETY
Deaconess
Hospital
E LAl<E ST
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is ideally located close to downtown
Minneapolis at 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
In addition to the facilities of the hospital, the nursing program is augmented by
relationships with the following institutions and agencies:
Fairview Hospital
2312 South 6th Street
Minneapolis, !'Jinnesota
Fairview Southdale Hospital
6401 France Avenue South
Edina, Minnesota
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Planned Parenthood
127 South 10th Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Children's Health Center and Hospital
2525 Chicago A venue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Planned Parenthood
1965 Ford Parkway
St. Paul,Minnesota
Ebenezer Society
2532 Portland Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
3
NVR 340
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital was founded in 1888. The first building with a
maximum bed capacity of twelve was a frame dwelling at 2731 Hennepin A venue.
Young women called into the service of the Master as deaconesses cared for the patients. In 1891 the first building on the present site was purchased and remodeled for
hospital use. The sick continued to be cared for by deaconesses, graduates and
students.
In 1916, on the foundations laid by the Diaconate, and in response to the demands
for more adequately prepared nurses, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of
Nursing was established under the direction of Miss Inger Bergh. The ideals of Christian service which inspired the pioneering deaconesses became also those of the leaders
who followed. Since the beginning, the School has offered a three year diploma program in basic nursing, preparing nurses to take the examinations leading to state
registration (R.N.). Continuous efforts have been made to meet nursing needs of people through many periods of social change.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is located within the metropolitan area of Minneapolis
and participates in the delivery of health care to the inner city residents. The present
bed capacity is two hundred forty-five.
In 1967 a nursing school building, Anna Bergeland Hall, was completed. This
building provides school offices, classrooms, library, lounges and recreational facilities
in addition to dormitory rooms for nursing students.
In 1973 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital entered into a consolidation with the Fairview
Hospitals to form the Fairview Community Hospitals.
In 1976 with the closing of Fairview Hospital School of Nursing, Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing became the school for the Fairview Community
Hospitals.
PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL HEAL TH NURSING 8 Credits
This course consists of a study of the dynamics of human behavior, assessment of
the needs of the psychiatric and chemically dependent patient with a focus on emotional needs, therapeutic approaches, use of self as a therapeutic tool, implementation,
and evaluation. The student is provided with varied opportunities to work in collaboration with nurses and other mental health team members and to assess various community based mental health agencies. Laboratory experiences are focused on theory
based nursing interventions with emphasis on communication skills and group
dynamics. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351.
NUR 400
MANAGEMENT OF PATIENT CARE
Management of Patient Care is taught in the last quarter to all senior nursing
students. The course focuses on principles of leadership, management, research in nursing, and the nurse's role in disaster. The student spends 24 hours a week in the clinical
area caring for the critically ill adult patient, acting as co-team leader for a nursing
team and managing care for a group of 4 to 5 patients. Emphasis is placed on the integration of past and present knowledge in the management of patients' care. Prereq.
NUR 310, 320, 330, 340.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is:
accredited by: National League for Nursing
approved by: Minnesota Board of Nursing
member of: Gopher State Nurses Association
member of: Helene Fuld Health Trust
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is:
accredited by: Joint Commission of Accreditation of Hospitals
4
8 Credits
33
NUR 212
TRENDS IN NURSING III: PROFESSIONALISM
.7 Credits
This course provides the student with a comprehensive study of the nature of professionalism as it applies to the field of nursing. Within this context, the student examines
the goals and requirements of licensure, the selection, application, and resignation processes as they apply to the employment of nurses, government programs and state and
federal legislation as they affect the field of nursing, and the nature and scope of continuing education programs for diploma graduates.
NUR 310
OBSTETRICAL-MATERNITY NURSING
8 Credits
This course is a study of the normal maternity cycle related to the mother and
newborn infant with emphasis on family centered and mental health principles. The
student is introduced to the physiological, psychological and ethical concepts needed to
provide comprehensive nursing care to families during the child bearing cycle. Complications of pregnancy and selected disorders of the reproductive tract are also included. Seminars and selected clinical laboratory experiences in the care of the mother, the
newborn, prematures, and certain gynecological patients are provided. Prereq. NUR
203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351.
NUR 320
ORTHO-NEURO NURSING
8 Credits
This course provides the student with the basic principles of orthopedic-neurologic
nursing care and the rehabilitation process in hospital and community ambulatory settings. The student acquires facility in discharge planning, exploring selected health care
services and systems in rural and urban environments, and developing health assessment skills. Prereq. NUR 203.
NUR 330
PEDIATRIC NURSING
8 Credits
Pediatric nursing concentrates on aiding the student develop: a knowledge of normal
growth and development from birth through adolescent years, an understanding of the
child and his family, a knowledge of normal and pathologic embryology, anatomy and
physiology, understanding of the diseases caused by disorders of the body systems,
proficiency in the application of the nursing process in the care of children, and proficiency in performing technical skills in caring for children. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351
or concurrent registration 351.
32
PHILOSOPHY
The philosophy of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is in harmony
with the Statement of Mission of the Fairview Community Hospitals of which
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a member.
The School of Nursing faculty believes that:
NURSING is a science and an art which seeks to preserve and promote health by
meeting physical, social, emotional, and spiritual needs of the patient as a member of
family and community. As a profession, nursing is the unique integration of the art of
caring with the application of the natural and behavioral sciences. The nursing process
is used to facilitate a person's ability to adapt and to move toward self-actualization.
EDUCATION is a life-long learning process, integrating and developing knowledge,
attitudes and skills. Through participation in the learning process, the learner should
be able to lead a full and purposeful life and function as a responsible citizen.
Specifically, nursing education provides systematic direction and guidance in using
scientific principles and the art of nursing to facilitate the development of knowledge,
attitudes and skills necessary for professional nursing.
LEARNING involves changes in the learner's cognitive, affective, and psychomotor
responses. Learning is an active, continuous process influenced by the learner's intellectual ability, experience, environment, and attitudes. Facilitation of learning occurs
when education is sequential and proceeds from simple to complex as students advance
in the educational program and when opportunities for practice are provided concurrently with theory. In addition, a Christian and democratic atmosphere promotes learning. Christian faith instills a spirit of love which promotes the ideas of worth of the individual and of service to one's fellow man, and the democratic process promotes
respect for the rights of others and for their opinions together with freedom to explore
and question.
The ROLE OF FACULTY is to facilitate the learning process by providing an environment conducive to acquiring knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to give
professional nursing care. The faculty assumes the responsibility for planning, implementing, evaluating and revising learning experiences. The STUDENT shares the
responsibility for his own learning and self-development through self-involvement and
utilization of guidance which fosters self-direction.
5
The SCHOOL meets its commitment of service to the community by preparing a
safe practitioner who responds to the health needs of the community as a member of
the interdisciplinary health care team by promoting wellness, intervening during illness,
and rehabilitating to optimum functioning. The school is responsible for meeting the
student's educational needs through providing a curriculum based on scientific fact,
current knowledge, sequential learning, continuity, and integration of major areas of
nursing. Furthermore, the school assumes the responsibility to provide an educationally prepared faculty who functions as effective instructors and role models, and requires
a high standard of performance by the student to meet the school's responsibility to the
community. Lastly, the school assumes the responsibility of providing the appropriate
and necessary facilities to allow for the optimum interaction of the students and the
faculty through the use of the curriculum.
NUR 201
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing I is the first course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence which introduces the student to pathophysiology, man's adaption to illness,
and the process of nursing. Attention is given to special nursing techniques, the aging
process, spiritual needs, communication and limited threats to health. The course is
taught on a body systems model composed of classroom and clinical experiences. The
student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient. Prereq.
NUR 103 or equiv.
NUR 202
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing II is th.e second course in the medical-surgical sequence
building on MS I, with attention focused on moderate threats to health, communication techniques, cultural influences on health and illness, and intermediate nursing
techniques. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult
patient with intermediate threats to health. Prereq. NUR 201.
NUR 203
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing III is the last course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence, building on MS I and MS II and focusing on multiple threats to health, community resources and complex nursing techniques facilitating adaptation. The student
spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with multiple
threats to health. Time is also devoted to visiting community resource agencies and correlating them with patient care. Prereq. NUR 202.
NUR 210
TRENDS IN NURSING I: ASSERTIVENESS
.7 Credits
This is an assertiveness class that assists the student in identifying characteristics of
assertive, non-assertive and aggressive behaviors. The student follows specific steps in
attaining assertiveness and learning to distinguish hindrances in reaching a specific
goal. Applications of principles are made to the professional career of nursing through
feedback and communication exercises.
NUR 211
TRENDS IN NURSING II: HISTORY
.7 Credits
This course provides the student with the historical foundations of the nursing profession. The student examines a brief survey of the historical development of the nursing profession, focusing on the forces, trends, and issues of the past that have shaped
the profession into what it is today.
6
31
PSY 351
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 Credits
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children.
REL 353
DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 2 Credits
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects.
Some contemporary cultic movements will be considered.
SOC 121
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing offers a program of nursing
education with a Christian influence at the diploma level. The graduate is prepared to
apply for licensure as Registered Nurse (R.N.).
4 Credits
PROGRAM OBJECTIVES
Sociology as a mode of analysis or a way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society: socialization, family life, social inequalities, largescale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
NURSING COURSES
NUR 101
FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING I
4 Credits
This course introduces the student to the nursing profession. It provides a guide for
the beginning student in the development of ideals of service in the care of the sick and
own life as a nurse. The course helps the student to understand the basic needs:
physical, psychosocial, and spiritual, and the means whereby these needs are met. The
student learns basic nursing skills in the classroom and in the hospital as she begins to
care for patients.
NUR 102 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING II
4 Credits
This course provides the nursing student with the biomedical background needed in
order to approach the subject of pharmacology rationally. It emphasizes the fundamental principles of pharmacology and concentrates on prototype drugs with which the
student will have to be familar in further encounters with pharmacology. The student
develops a habit of referring to various resources of drug information needed in more
advanced courses. Prereq. NUR 101.
NUR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING III
4 Credits
This course, the last in the three-course sequence, focuses on man's interaction with
the environment. It considers basic human needs and reactions to threats of these
needs. The student utilizes a problem solving process to assess the health status of the
patient when planning and executing nursing intervention. Prereq. NUR 102.
30
The graduate of this program will:
Function as a beginning staff nurse in hospitals, clinics and similar health care institutions.
Function as a member of health care team and a member of and/or leader of the
nursing team.
Demonstrate by clinical performance the attainment of curriculum objectives.
CURRICULUM OBJECTIVES
Upon completition of this program of studies the graduate is prepared to:
Synthesize the principles from biological, physical, and behavioral sciences to the
nursing process.
Adapt the nursing process in providing nursing care.
Utilize appropriate communication skills to establish effective interpersonal relationships.
Utilize principles of teaching-learning in health care situations.
Integrate community resources in planning comprehensive health care.
Practice nursing according to legal, professional, and social responsibilities and
constraints.
Practice safe nursing by making judgements based on scientific principles and
medical diagnosis.
Adapt to the changing role and demands of the nursing profession and the need
for continuing education.
Assume a leadership role in directing and coordinating the activities of the nursing
team in caring for patients.
Integrate Christian principles and values into the professional life.
7
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES TAKEN AT AUGSBURG
COLLEGE DURING THE FRESHMAN YEAR
BIO 103
The mission of The Fairview Community Hospitals is to provide high quality healthrelated services in a spirit of Christian concern to meet the personal needs and improve
the health status of the people and communities we serve.
In fulfillment of this mission, we affirm that Fairview Community Hospitals:
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4 Credits
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory.
BIO 108
4 Credits
MICROBIOLOGY
>Is an expression of the healing ministry of Jesus Christ.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory.
>Is committed to view those whom we serve as persons of dignity and worth,
regardless of race, sex, creed or social status.
Chem 103 & 104 GENERAL, ORGANIC &
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 4
>Shall reflect the Biblical vision of health as wholeness, and be committed to minister
to body, mind, and spirit through its medical staffs, personnel, programs, services,
and institutional roles.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme:
the molecular basis of life. Lecture and laboratory.
>Shall fulfill or surpass established levels of excellence in its service and shall provide
an environment for growth and satisfaction of its employees.
>Is committed to operate as a private voluntary health care organization.
>Shall be a strong, growing, cost-effective organization through the application of
multi-unit organizational concepts.
>Will participate in and carry on research and educational activities supportive to the
mission of Fairview Community Hospitals.
>Views its focus for growth and development primarily as the Upper Midwest region
of the United States.
>Shall work in cooperation with other health care community agencies and social
organizations, and shall relate meaningfully with the Church and congregations.
ENG 111
EFFECTIVE WRITING
4, 4 Credits
4 Credits
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct
usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course
is either PIN or 2.0-4.0/N. In order to hold a place in the course, the student must
either attend the first day or personally notify the instructor that he cannot be present.
Psy 105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 Credits
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purposes
of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
ADV AN CED COURSES TAUGHT BY AUGSBURG PROFESSORS
AT THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
2 Credits
PHIL 380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care
and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying
and euthanasia.
8
29
THE CURRICULUM PLAN: THE COURSE FLOW CHART
Beginning of first year
LEVEL I
Fall Semester (14 weeks)
101 Fundamentals of Nursing I
103 General, Organic & Biological Chem
103 Anatomy and Physiology 0
105 *General Psychology 0
Interim (4 weeks)
102 Fundamentals of Nursing II
0
Spring Semester (14 weeks)
103 Fundamentals of Nursing III
108 Microbiology 0
111 *Effective Writing 0
104 General, Organic & Bio Chem
0
Beginning of second year
LEVEL II
First Quarter (9 weeks)
201 Medical-Surgical Nursing
210 Trends in Nursing I
121 Principles of Sociology 0 0
353 Denominations and Sects
LEVEL HI
Fourth Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
320
330 Pediatric Nursing
340
Second Quarter (9 weeks)
202 Medical-Surgical Nursing II
211 Trends in Nursing II
I
------------------------------------------------ ....
in America 0 0
Third Quarter (9 weeks)
203 Medical-Surgical Nursing III
212 Trends in Nursing III
351 Development Psychology: Child
------------------------------..,..
Ortho-Neuro Nursing
Psychiatric Nursing
351
Developmental Psych. cont.
Begining of third year
First Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
380 Medical Ethics 00
LEVEL IV
Fourth Quarter (9 weeks)
400 Management of Patient Care
0
Second Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
Third Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
Courses taught at Augsburg College
° Courses taught at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing by Augsburg Faculty
* Courses that can be taken during either the fall or spring semester
0
0 0
to enhance her performance of previous roles when the client is in a crisis situation and
to expand the student's teaching to groups. It introduces the role of the nurse as a
health counselor in various primary health care settings. This level also includes the
study of medical ethics.
LEVEL IV
During this level, the student completes an advanced level Management of Patient
Care course, which affords opportunities to apply principles of leadership in the nursing process and to supervise the care of individuals and groups of patients with multiple
and critical problems. The theory relative to collaborating and advocating is examined
as the student cares for clients in complex situations. Interactions with the health team
and with groups in the community help the student develop leadership skills.
At each level of the curriculum, there exists a set of courses or course that reflects a
disciplinary or a synthesis of disciplinary and competency based learning designs. The
disciplinary based learning design is featured in the courses offered at Augsburg College and in the classroom component of each course taught at the School of Nursing,
because this design stresses the importance of theory, its role in the curriculum, and the
changing nature of theory. The competency based learning design is featured in the
clinical component of the School of Nursing courses because it allows the student to
systematically apply theory to the nursing process through the mastery of specific nursing skills.
27
Curriculum Organization
Four levels of learning have been identified and courses are provided at each level to
assist the student in achieving the objectives at each of the levels. Such a curriculum
design was developed and implemented because it provides a continuous and sequential
learning environment that emphasizes a simple to complex learning approach.
Equal Opportunity Statements
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is committed to the policy that
all applicants shall have equal access to the program without regard to race, color,
sex, age, religion, marital status or handicap. In adherence to this policy, the school
abides by the requirements of Title IX of the 1972 Education amendments, section
504 of P. L. 93-112, and other statutes relating to equal opportunity. Questions
regarding compliance may be directed to Director, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404, or to
the Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201.
LEVEL I
This level consists of fundamental science and psychosocial courses and introductory
courses in nursing and the health care system. Anatomy and physiology, chemistry,
microbiology, psychology, and English courses are taken at Augsburg College located
near the School of Nursing. These courses provide the essential scientific and social
scientific foundations upon which the nursing curriculum is developed. At the School
of Nursing, fundamental nursing skills and attitudes are developed through introductory nursing courses utilizing basic scientific principles and correlated clinical experiences. The emphasis is on the healthy individual, the client, and the nurse. The
nursing process is introduced as the student learns to assume the comforting and protecting roles for her clients.
LEVEL II
The second level focuses on maintaining and promoting an individual's abilities to
meet health needs and assisting individuals in meeting these needs. Courses at this level
feature an emphasis on illnesses and representative common medical-surgical conditions that affect the adult client. The nursing process, a problem-solving approach to
meet both physical and psychological needs of the client and his family, becomes an
important means for translating theory into practice. The student begins to practice the
therapeutic role and to incorporate teaching in her care of patients, and she begins to
include the family to a greater extent. This level also includes the study of historical and
contemporary trends in nursing and advanced courses in psychology, religion and
sociology.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
A graduate of an accredited high school or its equivalent.
A course in high school chemistry or its equivalent.
Rank in upper 1/3 of her class.
The American College Testing Program (A.C.T. test) The applicant makes the arrangements for this with her high school. It is recommended that the first available
testing date during the senior year be used. Our A.C.T. code number is 2119.
5. If college attended, a GPA of at least 2.5 average in courses applicable to nursing.
6. After acceptance a certificate of immunizations as specified by the School.
7. Health and physical abilities of the applicant need to be such as to enable the applicant to meet the academic and clinical requirements of this program.
LEVEL III
The third level is designed to have the nursing student apply the principles and practices
of nursing to special situations in which the nursing process is extended to the clinical
areas of obstetrical, pediatric, psychiatric, and ortho-neuro nursing. The student
rotates through a set of courses that emphasizes assisting the client with more complex
needs, requiring the student to develop and use more complex procedures for health
supervision and the teaching of the family. This level gives the student an opportunity
26
11
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
TERMINATION
1. A request for information and application forms should be addressed to Registrar,
The School of Nursing reserves the right to terminate any student whose class work,
health, conduct or nursing practice make it inadvisable for her to remain in the School.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55404.
Application forms to be submitted are:
a. Application for Admission.
b. Official transcript of high school credits and college, if attended. Rank in high
school class.
c. A.C.T. scores - each applicant must have A.C.T. Send complete score report
to school.
d. Three letters of reference. These references must come from persons who have
known the applicant well, in one of the following capacities. Only one reference
from a group.
(1) recent teacher, (2) recent counselor, (3) clergy man, (4) current or recent
employer, (5) personal friend or co-worker.
e. Application fee.
A personal interview may be required.
Further testing may be required.
Credit may be given for college level courses if the grade is a "C" or better, if
taken within the last 5 years, and if taken at an accredited school.
Within one month after all application materials are received, the applicant will be
notified of the decision of the Admissions and Promotions Committee.
After acceptance, applicants are eligible to apply for financial assistance. All applicants for financial aid are required to complete the FFS.
ACCEPTANCE
Acceptance is based on the following:
1. Complete record for review by the Admissions and Promotions Committee.
2. Satisfactory achievement of admission requirements.
NOTIFICATION OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS
1. The Admissions and Promotions Committee meets monthly from November
through June to review completed applications.
2. The Admissions and Promotions Committee notifies each applicant of its decision
in writing.
3. Notification will occur within one week of the decision.
Accepted applicants musl ,,,ign the note of intent and return the note with the
matriculation fee within two weeks after the date of the acceptance letter, or the application will be automatically withdrawn. The matriculation fee is non-refundable.
12
RETURNING STUDENTS
See re-admission under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
GRADUATION AND LICENSURE
Students who successfully complete all program requirements and who meet all
financial obligations to the School will be awarded the diploma and the pin of the
School of Nursing.
Upon graduation, the student is eligible to write the examination for licensure which
is given by the State Board of Nursing. Successful passing of this examination enables
the graduate to practice nursing as a registered nurse (R.N.) in the state which administered the examination.
ACADEMIC RECORDS
Grade reports of students over 18 years of age may not be sent to parents or responsible parties without a signed waiver by the student.
Grade reports of students under 18 years of age may be sent to parents or responsible
parties upon request.
A student may request to see her academic record at any time. If the student is
over 18 years of age, a signed waiver by the student must be submitted to the Registrar
before parents or responsible parties may review the academic record.
If the student is under 18 years of age, parents or responsible parties may request the
Registrar to review the academic record.
A request to the Director of the School of Nursing or the Registrar may be made at
any time for the correction of an incorrectly transcribed item in the academic record.
The student or graduate when applying for employment must by written waiver
specify the items to be released from the academic record to the prospective employer.
For additional information see Records under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
TRANSCRIPTS
A transcript will be furnished only upon the written request of the student or
graduate. Such requests are to be sent to the Office of the Registrar, Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing. The first copy of a transcript is issued without
charge. Thereafter, a charge of $2.00 is made for each additional transcript.
25
GRADING SCALE
APPEAL OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS
The following grading scale has been adopted by the faculty. The numbers represent
percentages of points awarded for completed work.
If the applicant is not accepted for admission and wishes to appeal this decision, the
following procedure must be followed:
1. The applicant must notify the Admissions and Promotions Committee in writing
of her intent to appeal within two weeks of the date when she was notified of nonacceptance.
2. Upon receipt of the intent to appeal, the Committee will make provision for the
applicant to appear before the committe in person.
3. If the in-person appeal to the Admissions Committee is denied, the applicant may
present her appeal in writing and in person to the Executive Committee of the
Faculty Organization.
4. The decision of the Executive Committee is final.
98%
94%
91%
88%
85%
80%
- 100%
- 97%
- 93%
- 90%
- 87%
- 84%
A+
A
B+
B
c+
c
Students who do not attain a "C" in any course must repeat the course.
PROMOTION
WITHDRAWAL OF APPLICATION
I.
Applicants may withdraw their applications at any time by notifying the Registrar.
The applicant's record will be retained in the files until one month after the class enters
in September and then will be destroyed.
Non-completed or non-processed records will be retained until one month after the
class enters in September and then will be destroyed.
Promotion from One Level to Another
Promotion from one level to the next is accomplished through a periodic review of
the student's level of achievement in the required areas of theory and clinical experiences of each level. In order to be promoted, the student must have a minimum
grade of "C" in theory and a "pass" in the clinical laboratory for all nursing courses
and a minimum grade of "C" in all other courses.
In the event that a student fails or drops out of a course, and would like to continue
in the program she must:
1. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to enroll in another course
in the curriculum.
2. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to retake the failed or
dropped course.
A course may be repeated only once, and students must always meet the prerequisites
of a course before they can take it.
The faculty has the authority and assumes the responsibility for determining whether
a student possesses the qualifications necessary for her to become a competent
nurse. In the event a student fails to demonstrate the personal and professional
qualifications, the student may be asked to withdraw from the School.
II. Moving from One Term to Another
Each student must have paid the tuition and school costs or made arrangements to
do so before the beginning of the next term. See the Director of the School if you have
any problems.
WITHDRAWAL
Students wishing to withdraw from the School must submit a written statement to
the Director of the School. Failure to report to class or clinical assignment is not an official withdrawal.
24
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Candidates who have completed courses comparable in hours and content to those
currently offered by Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing are considered
for course exemption on an individual basis. Exemptions will not be granted for
courses taken prior to five (5) years of the application date without special permission.
Exemption Requirements by Category
1. Non-nursing courses: applicants must provide
a. official school/ college transcript(s)
b. school/college catalog containing the course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested.
2. Nursing courses:
a. L.P.N. Graduates - exemptions may only be granted for First Level Nursing
courses. The applicant must:
1. have graduated from a state approved N.L.N. accredited school.
2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C average
minimum).
3. have a current L.P.N. license and be eligible to practice in the state of
Minnesota.
4. satisfactorily achieve in faculty-designated examinations.
5. If academic requirements are met, the applicant may be admitted to the
Second Level for an evaluation period.
13
b. Students from professional nursing programs - The applicant must:
1. have been enrolled in a state approved and N.L.N. accredited program.
2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C minimum)
in previous nursing courses.
3. submit references which include (1) from the director of the nursing program and (2) from nursing instructors who can adequately evaluate the applicant's previous nursing performance.
4. submit a school/college catalog containing course description(s) for which
exemption(s) are being requested. Only current credits earned within the
five years prior to application will be considered for exemption.
Exemption Procedure
1. In addition to furnishing the credentials required for admission, the applicant
must submit an Application for Exemption form and provide the appropriate data
listed in Section B above.
2. The following fee schedule will prevail:
a. non-nursing course exemption fee - $5.00 each.
b. nursing courses exemption fee - $10.00
c. standardized testing fees - at cost
3. The Admissions and Promotions Committee will approve or disapprove course exemption requests. Granting of final acceptance will be the responsibility of the
Faculty Organization.
4. In order to be eligible for graduation from this school, the student must complete a
full academic year at the school.
5. All requests for course exemptions must be submitted and approved before the
academic year begins. The deadline for submitting requests is May 30 prior to the
academic year in which the exemption is desired.
ACADEMIC YEAR
The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, School of Nursing differs according to the level of the program. First year students, (Level I), follow Augsburg College's academic calender consisting of the 4-1-4 plan of two semesters and an interim.
Each semester is 14 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. Second and third year
students (Levels II, III, IV) follow the School of Nursing calender consisting of 4
quarters, where each quarter is 9 weeks in length.
The academic year at the School of Nursing begins in the fall, and this is the time
that most students enter the School. Occasionally, transfer, returning, and special
students enter at the beginning of a quarter or semester during the year.
UNITS OF CREDIT
The unit of credit at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is the semester
hour. For transfer students, 1.5 quarter hours is equivalent to 1 semester hour.
Students at the School of Nursing accumulate a total of 114 semester hours of credit,
of which 36 semester hours are recorded on an Augsburg College transcript and are
automatically transferred to the School of Nursing. These transferred credits represent
all work taken at Augsburg College and those courses taught by the Augsburg professors at the School of Nursing.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
RE-ADMISSION
In any re-admission, the Admissions and Promotions Committee reserves the right
to require additional information and testing when there is an indicated need for it.
Re-admission Procedure
1. Should a former student desire re-admission, she must submit a new application,
including references, updated transcripts and physical examination report if the
period of time since the last admittance at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School
of Nursing exceeds one year. A re-admission fee of $50.00 will be charged for this
student.
2. Should a former student desire re-admission, and has been away from the school
less than one year, she will need to submit a letter of request for re-admission
containing (a) reasons tor re-admission to the program, (b) activities during
absences from the program, and (c) professional goals. A re-admissions fee of
$25.00 will be charged for this student.
14
Students at Lutheran Deaconess
as follows:
First year students
Second year students
Third year students
Hospital School of Nursing are divided into classes
Freshmen
Juniors
Seniors
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT
Each freshman student is assigned to an instructor who functions as a counselor. It is
the responsibility of each counselor to meet with her advisees at the close of each course
to review academic progress and any problems that should occur.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
See Advanced Placement under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
23
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ENDOWMENT FUND
NON-MATRICULATING STUDENTS
Seven percent, simple-interest loans are granted from time to time. This fund provides
loans up to $1,000 per academic year. Applications may be obtained from the Director
of the School of Nursing.
Individuals may request permission to take selected nursing courses to meet personal
or professional objectives.
The candidate must:
1. have an interview with the Director of the program to assess and plan appropriately for courses to meet the objectives.
2. submit an Application for Admissions form and indicate course(s) desired.
3. submit the application fee for processing the record of $10.00.
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM (AAL)
This scholarship provides varying amounts of financial aid up to $1,000 per student
per year. This scholarship is available to students who are members of AAL. Recipients
are selected on the basis of financial need, Christian character, academic achievement,
and leadership potential. Information and applications can be obtained from the
Director of the School of Nursing.
MINNESOTA STATE GRANT-IN-AID
State money is administered and distributed through the Higher Education Coordinating Commission. This money is available to students who meet the state requirements. Applications are made through the BEOG form and can be obtained from
the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor.
SOCIAL SECURITY BENEIFTS
For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. The amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the
Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area.
VETERANS' BENEFIT
Eligible students may receive assistance from the Veteran's Administration under the
0.1. Bill.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
In addition to loans, grants and scholarships, students can also seek employment to
help pay for their school costs. It is recommended that a student have sufficient funds
so that employment is not necessary for the first semester of the freshmen year, as
many students often need that period of time to adjust to the rigors of the program.
Employment may be available in various departments of Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Applications for employment may be made through the Personnel Department. This information concerning employment at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is
subject to change in accordance with employment needs and policies of the hospital.
22
15
CAMPUS VISITS
Prospective students or any other interested persons are invited to visit Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing campus at any time. School tours may be
scheduled with the secretary at the School of Nursing.
HOUSING FACILITIES
In addition to housing the School of Nursing, Anna Bergeland Hall contains a coed
residential facility for the nursing students. The third and fourth floors provide housing for female students, while the second floor contains rooms for male students.
Single students should live in the residence hall or with their parents if their homes are
within commuting distance. Two students share a room, and applicants may request to
live together. A few single rooms are available at a higher cost. Student accommodations include a desk, a bed, and a closet. Lounge and laundry areas are located on each
residential floor of the hall, and there is a main lounge on the first floor adjacent to the
library. The residence hall is connected to the hospital through a tunnel. A residence
hall director lives within the hall and is there to assist students with any problems that
should occur.
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION
The following is a list of the major types of financial aid that students who attend the
School of Nursing may be eligible for. Students are encouraged to meet with their high
school counselors to discuss some of the following sources of aid as well as other
sources that they may be eligible for.
BASIC EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANT (BEOG)
The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend a post-high school
educational institution. The amount of a Basic Grant is determined on the basis of the
applicant's and her family's financial resources. Awards usually range between $50
and $1800. Applications may be obtained from the School of Nursing or from your
high school.
ELSIE HORTON ANN ROAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND
This fund is used to assist students in nursing either in the basic program or advanced
nursing program. Funds are generally awarded to second or third year students. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing.
DINING FACILITIES
FEDERAL LOAN THROUGH THE NURSE TRAINING ACT
The hospital offers complete cafeteria service to the nursing students, and meals can
be purchased at a reduced rate. There is also a hospital coffee shop. Within the resident
hall itself, there are limited facilities for food preparation.
Three percent, low interest, cancellable loans are available to students who meet
federal requirements. These loans are administered by the School of Nursing, and
graduates must work in a needs hospital in order to be eligible for the cancellation. The
loan is interest free until 9 months following graduation. Applications may be obtained
from the Director of the School of Nursing.
PARKING
FORTY & EIGHT SCHOLARSHIPS
Available parking space near the School of Nursing is limited. Parking facilities exist
in the hospital's parking lots for students.
HEALTH CARE
This unit of the American Legion provides several $100 scholarships for students in
the School of Nursing. Students are selected on the basis of academic achievement and
financial need. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing.
GUARANTEED BANK LOANS
A nurse is in charge of the student health service at all times. Students are required
to carry group hospitalization insurance through the school unless they have insurance
under family policies. The specific services of the student health service are described in
the student handbook.
16
Seven percent interest loans administered through the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Commission are available. These loans are cancellable if the graduate
works in a needs hospital, and are interest free until 9 months after graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your
high school counselor.
21
THIRD YEAR
CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition
Health Fee
Graduation Fee
Room Rent
COUNSELING PROGRAM
1st Term
Aug.
$600.00
22.00
40.00
135.00
2nd Term
Nov.
$600.00
3rd Term
Jan.
$600.00
135.00
135.00
4th Term
Total
Apr.
$600.00
$2400.00
22.00
40.00
135.00
540.00
The school has a counseling program which is flexible enough to meet varying individual needs. The program assists the student in meeting and solving educational
and personal problems. Referral services are used as indicated or requested e.g.
pastors, psychiatrists and psychologists to assist the student in becoming more selfdirecting.
LIBRARY SERVICES
LDH TOTAL
$3002.00
Additional expenses include: transportation to various clinical facilities and to
Augsburg College. Additional tours may also require additional charges. No attempt is
made to include personal expenses. Uniforms are purchased directly from the uniform
company. Books are purchased directly from nearby bookstores. Health insurance is
mandatory and may be purchased through the school.
Payment of Charges: Charges must be paid by due dates. If charges are not paid
and/or arrangements made, the student will not be allowed to attend classes.
Employment: The student academic hours allow time for employment. Many
students secure employment to help defray school expenses. It is suggested that
students not work during the first semester in the school.
Refunds: Tuition for a student leaving the school will be refunds as follows:
During the first
second
third
fourth
fifth
week
week
week
week
week
- 80%
- 70%
- 60%
- 50%
- 40%
No refund is made after the fifth week. No refunds are made for the Interim period.
Fees are not refundable.
Re-Admission: Should a former student apply for re-admission she will submit a
new application, including a physical examination report and 'references. A readmission fee of $25 will be charged to students returning after an absence of up to six
months. After an absence of more than six months, a $50 charge will be made in addition to the regular tuition charges. Transfer students pay the re-admission charge.
20
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Inger Bergh Library is located on the first floor of
Anna Bergeland Hall and is under the direction of the medical librarian. This library
contains about 3,000 volumes and about 120 periodicals. The library also houses a student learning center. Nursing students also have full privileges at the Augsburg College
Library and at the Children's Health Center and Hospital library.
RECORDS
The maintenance and safety of the applicant's records is the responsibility of the
Registrar.
Procedure for Gaining Access to Records:
I. Student Records
a. Access to student progress records is limited to School Administration, the
Registrar, the individual student, and faculty members.
b. Anyone except the Registrar gaining access to the file shall sign and date the
access sheet in the file. The purpose of the access shall also be completed on
the access sheet.
2. Graduate Records
a. Access to graduate records is limited to the Director of the School or her
designee, the Registrar, and the graduate.
b. Anyone gaining access to a graduate file shall sign and date the access sheet
for that file and shall state to what purpose the file was viewed.
c. No information is given from any graduate file unless upon the written request
of the graduate.
d. The above procedure also applies to files of resigned students.
For additional information see the Student Handbook.
17
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
Students are encouraged to practice the teachings of the Christian faith by attending
a church of their own affiliation and chapel services and by participating in student
groups that are sponsored by the churches or other religious organizations. As part of
the School's annual program of religious emphasis, six mission interest meetings are
held during the school year. The Good News Committee schedules chapel devotions
and plans activities for the annual spiritual emphasis week. The Taiwan project is a
plan in which one Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing graduate annually
is given the opportunity to serve for a two-year period in the Chiayi Christian Hospital
in Taiwan. These arrangements are made with the Board of World Missions of the
American Lutheran Church.
ESTIMATED COST OF PROGRAM
Tuition and fees are estimated below. Effort will be made to keep charges as
estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary.
PAYMENT PLAN
Pre-admission charges (not refundable)
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Students automatically become members of the Deaconess Student Association (DSA)
of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing when they are admitted to the
School. Through this organization students learn self-direction, self-discipline, leadership and responsibility, thus helping them to adjust to group living and to their future
roles as professional nurses. Each class selects its own officers who conduct the
business and guide the activities of the class. A faculty member serves as an advisor for
each class.
STUDENT PROFESSIONALISM
Each student is encouraged to become a member of the State and National Association
of Nursing Students. Participation in these organizations fosters an opportunity for
students to develop an interest in and a need for membership in professional organizations as a registered nurse.
SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
The Big Brother and Sister activities assist new students in becoming oriented and adjusted to the School. The School of Nursing has a choir directed by a qualified Director. Periodically this choir gives concerts of both religious and contemporary music,
and every spring the choir goes on a tour. Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the rich cultural environment which the Twin Cities provide by attending concerts, operas, ballets, theaters, films, museums, art galleries, sporting events and other
cultural-recreational events. There are limited funds made available from Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital Auxiliary for students to attend community cultural events.
For additional information see the Student Handbook.
18
$10.00
40.00
$50.00
Application Fee, submitted with application
Matriculation Fee, paid when appointment is accepted
FIRST YEAR CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition at LDH
(Exclusive of pre-admission fees)
Charge for Augsburg Courses
(approx.)
Health Fee
Room Rent
1st Semester Interim 2nd Semester
Total
September
January February
$496.66
$496.67
$496.67
$1490.00
750.00
22.00
240.00
750.00
60.00
TOTAL
240.00
1500.00
22.00
540.00
$3552.00
SECOND YEAR
CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition LDH
Health Fee
Room Rent
1st Term
Aug.
$600.00
22.00
135.00
2nd Term
Nov.
$600.00
3rd Term
Jan.
$600.00
135.00
135.00
LDH TOTAL
4th Term
Total
Apr.
$600.00
$2400.00
22.00
540.00
135.00
$2962.00
19
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
I
'h
--
INTRODUCTION
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7.
This brochure ...
Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
I
'h
--
INTRODUCTION
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
REGISTRATION
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
or call:
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
(612) 330-1 025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
--
g
2?>0
-.AE 2 c
3
as-. 0
3 NWn.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
(See inside fold for campus location maps.)
1981 SUMMER CALENDAR
I
I
I
I
Term I
Term I1
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
April 24
April 24
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
June 1
June 29
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
June 3
Holiday
None
July 3
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
July 17
Last Day of Class
June 26
Aug. 7
g ~ F %E
xE~
g An~
e Ca
n
.- 2 2-.
-3 n
fmg- g
""2 r
u10
m
Inp 5
m3P
Q
(
I
l1
I
ELIGIBILITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and
two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated
carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and
seniors, and 5, graduate level.
ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as
a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are
more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those
listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work experience related to
the academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Volume 111, Number5
February 1981
612/330-1000
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a
year in August, September, October, December and February
by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis,
MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's
Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six
hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of
the instructor.
STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from
the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED
COURSES.
WM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981
PAYMENT O F FEES
FINANCIAL AID
TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit
charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses.
FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When
repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for
previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981.
Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education,
whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is
$12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some
banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since
processing takes up to 12 weeks.
EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings
of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge
of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated
by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of
discount.
An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1
for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be
assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will
be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been
completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account
from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College.
TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present
cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter
the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full
refund will be made.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national
and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities
generally accorded or made available to students at the school.
It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed,
national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs.
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
Refund
Term I
Term II
100% (less $20
processing fee)
80%
60 %
40%
June 1-2
June 29-July 1
June 3-4
June 5-8
June 9-10
W
TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1
TERM I SUMMER 1981
4
ART
ART 10106/10306
CALLIGRAPHY
Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and
brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.:
Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM4
,
"
'1
ART 1024YIU342
FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II
Rusten
This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina
ul~survaiio~i
d r ~ rd
l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof
t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc
wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes.
Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl
Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II.
8:OO-12:OO noon
M,T,W,Th,F
OM17
BIOLOGY
BIO 20103
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5205
T,W,Th
5214
1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab
Enrollment limit: 35
BIO 20108
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
S212
11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab
T,Th
5202
I
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 21101
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
5112
BUS 21262
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No.
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S205
'
I
1
'
I
._
JUNE1-JUNE26
HPE 55491
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Nelson
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354.
T,Th & Arr.
GI2
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 55493
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Husing
OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
G3 1
(1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 55495, 55496,
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
55497
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)
Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 83130
LOGIC
Bailey
Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
PHI 83132
THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS
Reichenbach
C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews
about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his
arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes.
SUMMER INTERIM
M4
8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F
PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM
Fuehrer
PHI 83150,
Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and
implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly
tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
CHEMISTRY
PHYSICS
CHE 34105
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Gyberg-S. Olmsted
The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts
of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes.
11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
S315
2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab
T,W,Th
5327
PHY 84222t/84322*
C H I 34353
QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
Gyberg-S. Olmsted
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th, F
S315
M,T,W,Th
5327
11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b
ECONOMICS
1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED
Paulson
UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER
Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities
at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the
national laboratory. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F,
May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge
tCredit toward Physics major or minor
*No credit toward Physics major or minor
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85121
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
Hedblom
The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc
i
5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS
babella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By
Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
tLu P
of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
'
'0M13
'
POL 85342
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media
for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public
affairs programming. Dist.: Yes.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
LI
ECO 22392
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal
Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
9:30-11:50 a.m.
POL 85199, 85399,
85499
EDUCATION
Noonan
Arr.
INTERNSHIPS
INDEPENDENT STUDY
PSYCHOLOGY
EDE 44375
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite
to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at
that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
14
PSY 86105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Ferguson
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding
behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
PI
PSY 86375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see SOC 94375)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior,
interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisities: 121 and 105
M,T,W,Th,F
L1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
EDE 44237/44337
INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/
Quirin
GLOBAL EDUCATION
Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and
international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and
teaching strategies. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
LI
RELIGION
REL 87369
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Blackburn
with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical
ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
M,T,W,Th
S205
I1
I
WG 54241
-
THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY
Clark
Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today
including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit.
requirement for English.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
M,T,W,Th
NORWEGIAN I
L. Hansen
speaking, listening, reading and writing
work expected. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult department for details.
SPA 76112
BEGINNING SPANISH II
Rozentals
Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing
elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM29
1
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
Borstad
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 320.
M,T,W,Th
C24
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
HPE 55410
I
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other
day. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or 221
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
SOClOLOGY
SOC 94375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 86375)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior,
interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
M,T,W,Th,F
LI
8:30-10:50 a.m.
SOC 94383
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism
and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M4
SOC 94399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 98111
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
GENERAL STUDIES
STUDENT TEACHING
Cole
5212
See last column
.1
'
WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '"
1
JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 .
I
TERM II SUMMER 1981
JUNE29-AUGUST 7
ART
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS
ART 10111/10311
SPC 98367
THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
2815 419 Ave. S.
(Tel.: 721-2565)
Mpls., M N 55406
CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL
Friederichsen
Karlen
COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE
(also see MUS 82111/311)
Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art
presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile.
Dist.: Yes.
T,Th
OM4
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ART 10132
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
Enrollment limit: 35
ART 10250
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing.
Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M,WF
OM1
ART 10351
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a
continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM?
Limited enrollment
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
S. Olmsted
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological
chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No.
Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission.
8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T,WTh,F
S315
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
CHE 34110
ECONOMICS
ECO 22120
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By
Independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
A rr.
ECO 22122
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
5205
ECO 22123
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p. m.
M, W
5205
ENGLISH
ENC 54111
EFFECTIVE WRITING
T
Gidmark
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 60399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
GENERAL STUDIES
GST 58102
BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY
Gyberg
CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES
Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic
equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content,
particularly chemistry. Dist.: No.
2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply)
8:30a.m.-1:30p.m.
T,W,Th,F,
5315
May 26-May 29
SOC 94399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the
Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend
of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of
the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact
the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in
registration.
EDE 44481,44482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
44483, 44484
NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by
instructor. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 44481,44482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
McNeff
44483, 44484
ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 45481, 45482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
Fardig
45483, 45484
SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under
supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
.. . .
.......
1-11...,
. ..,.
r....
.,-.
...a
111 & . A .
- 1
.1
CAMPUS LOCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 55485
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for
the handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:00-9:30 p. m.
T,Th & Arr.
GI2
(1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.)
I
I
I
I
HPE 55487
NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:30-9:30 p. m.
1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.
G31
I
HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION
Saugestad
mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W.
hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of
prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq,
'm
I
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)
~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa
49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO.
8@>$i&&!iites:
@.
and appt~irtNdepartment
Arr.
I
HISTORY
m,
HIS 56131/56331
TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE
Nelson
IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD
Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including
the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying
everyday life. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
S212
I
MUSIC
M U S 82111/82311
CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL
Karlen
Friederichsen
COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE
(also see ART 10111/311)
Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art
presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
OM4
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85199, 85399,
85499
INTERNSHIPS
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Arr.
RELIGION
RELIGIONS O F INDIA:
Benson
HINDUISM & BUDDHISM
Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses
primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
REL 87372
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 94356
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o
Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign.
Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n
Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
1982 SUMMER CALENDAR
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
; A u ~ b u Coltege
g
admits students of any race, color, natiunal
and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~
programs,, and
.actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-,
creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or
administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~
scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs.
I
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
Term II
April 23
April 23
June 1
June 28
June 3
June 30
Holiday
None
MY5
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
June 25
July 16
Aug. 6
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
1
I
'
II
I
REGISTRATION
Term I
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
Last Day of Class
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
-
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
ELIGIBILITY
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two
courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry
a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg
Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors
and seniors, and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more
fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
If you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the
academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office.
No course may be added after it has met more than six hours
elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the
instructor.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing. Limited food service is available,
supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student
Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays
the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new
borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per
year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the
aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan
applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the
Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be
on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes
up to 12 weeks.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
Lift
Please
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982
CAMPUS LOCATION
PAYMENT OF FEES
Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees
may be charged for some courses.
Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of
$20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of
$260 per course applicable only to courses designated by
April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment,
a substitution may be made without loss of discount.
An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class,
June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment
fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines.
No student will be officially enrolled until all financial
arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your
Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid
in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at
Augsburg College.
TO DOWNTOWN
ST PAUL
m
Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is
limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel
card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be
eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed
dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund
will be made.
Course Cancellation Date
Refund-
Term
I
Term II
10O0I0(less $20
processing fee)
80OIO
601'0
401'0
June 1-2
June 28-June 30
June 3-4
June 5-7
June 8-9
July 1-6
july 7-9
July 12-14
Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to
Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign.
lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on
Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
--=-
TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
a
TERM I SUMMER 1982
JUNE 1 - JUNE 25
a
NOR 112-8052
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II
Hansen
Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression.
ART
ART 242-8003
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rusten
Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional
procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals.
Dist.: Yes.
Fees: $75.00 lab fee
Four Weekends
(1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.)
OM17
Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon;
1:00-4:30 p.m.;
Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m.
A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students
can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM29
CAMP NORWAY
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for
details.
a
ART 270-8002
PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES
Ellertson
Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
OM4
a
a
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 114-8061
HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION
Borstad
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W, Jh
C13
Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11
(1/2 course)
BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
BIO 103-8010
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S205
1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab
T, W, Th
52 14
Enrollment limit: 35
H PE 115-8062
HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Borstad
EDUCATION
Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02
for students in teacher preparation programs).
C13
5:00-8:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
(1/2 course)
Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25
BIO 108-8011
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50a.m.Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5212
11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab
T, Th
5202
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
HPE 491-8053
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354
6:00-9:30 p.m.
T, Th & Arr.
C 12
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
H PE 493-8054
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF
Husing
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
C24
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUS 101-8022
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
51 12
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: High school chemistry
1 1:30-1:50 Lect
M, T, W, Th, F
53 15
2:OO-4:00 Lab
M,T, W,Th
S327
HPE 495-80551
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-80561497-8057
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
CHM 109-8021
a
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Oyler
CER 111-8046
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with
no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M, J, W,Th
ECONOMICS
FCO 120-8030
a
HISTORY
HIS 101-8064
ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES
Sabella
THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE
Nelson
Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d
of Greece a n d
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 122-8029
PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
52 05
I
ECO 392-8031
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M5
a
~ o m k and
,
the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
a
a
EDE 375-8036
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.
The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses
require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's
Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration.
a
a
I
a
a
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblorn
POL 299-81541499-8155
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(Also Term II)
Hedblom
POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term II)
Noonan
INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II)
HedblomlNoonan
Arr.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 105-8091
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Marken
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior;
research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
P1
PSY 375-8092
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasirno
(Also see SOC 375-81 10)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENGLISH
ENG 251-8051
AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR
Blackburn
Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities.
Dist.: Yes.
7:OO-10:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
51 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-81541499-8155
POL 199-81561399-8157
EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING:
Fardig
483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Arr.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 130-8063
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING:
McNeff
483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of
college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
NURSING
NUR 330-8066
TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING
Malcolm
Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories
and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and
health issues. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
5205
EDUCATION
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to
student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
L4
MATH
MAT 103-8065
BRUSH UP
Durkee
Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful
for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
51 12
a
RELIGION
REL 370-8068
CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION
Quanbeck
Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the
second century to the present. Dist.: Yes.
8:30- 10:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M24
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-8071
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
SWK Office
ENG 245-9304
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Gidmark
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p m.
M, W
M23
SWK 399-8069
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
SWK 499-8070
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
GER 112-9029
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Oyler
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.:
Yes.
Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent
1 1:40- 1:25 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
SOClOLOGY
SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
SOC 375-81 10
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 375-8092)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p m.
M, T, W,Th
L1
SOC 381-8072
RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and
the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M4
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 111-8121
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Cole
Little Theater
SPC 354-8074
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes.
S205
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
Arr.
TERM II SUMMER 1982
JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6
ART
ART 132-9002
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
+
..,-C
lI-.
I:-:,.
"C
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 485-9038
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the
handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th &Arr.
C12
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 487-9037
NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
C24
HPE 495-90391
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-9040/497-9041
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department
Arr.
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9305
ASTRONOMY
Paulson
Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(also Term I)
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term I)
Noonan
POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I)
Hed blomlNoonan
Arr.
L,.. ,.,.,,..
...
,,,,,,,,
.>
KELlGlON
ART 250-9003
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-1 1:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM I
ART 351-9005
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M, W,F
OM1
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 102-9214
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Allerson
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
S112
BUS 262-9301
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
5108
BUS 399-9302
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arr.
CHEMISTRY
CHM 110-9010
GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission
8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S3 15
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
ECONOMICS
ECO 120-9007
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 123-9009
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M5
EDUCATION
STUDENT TEACHING
Continuation of Term I.
ENGLISH
ENG 111-9021
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Gidrnark
Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
M24
TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS
REL 111-9306
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th,F
M24
10:05-11:30 a.m.
REL 341-9307
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of
scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9308
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.)
SWK Office
SOClOLOCY
SOC 121-9309
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding
of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
11:40-I:25 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
11
SOC 241-9310
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
Gerasirno
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of
alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, W
11
SOC 356-9052
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE
Pike
Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics
include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy,
and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes.
2:30-4:15 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
11
SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 355-9313
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Bart
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M22
SPC 367-9056
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO.
6:30-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
28 15 4 1st Ave. 5.
Mpls., M N . 55406
(Tel.: 72 1-2565)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1981-1982
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
To
each
ut
To Reach Out ...
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to
the policy that all persons shall have equal access
...
Show more
To
each
ut
To Reach Out ...
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to
the policy that all persons shall have equal access
to its programs, facilities, and employment
without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national
origin, or handicap.
This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1980-81 Catalog
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Table of Contents
College Calendar
4
President's Greeting
5
General Information 7
History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives,
Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations.
Student Personnel Services 11
New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services,
Housing.
Student Life 13
Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama.
Admissions Information 17
Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure.
Costs 19
Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan.
Financial Aid 23
Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid.
Academic Program 29
General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study.
Course Descriptions 57
Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social
Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and
Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies.
Directory 76
Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty.
Index
80
4
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Calendar 1981-82
Fall Quarter
September 1-4
September 2
September 3
September 4
September 5
September 6
September 7
September 7
September 9
September 18
September 25
October 2
October 5-9
October 17
November 3-6
November 17-20
November 21-29
New student orientation
Returning student registration
Completion of returning student registration-Beginning of
new student registration
New student registration
President's Reception-6:00 p.m.-gymnasium
All College worship
Classes begin
Opening Convocation-9:50 a.m.
Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee
Finai day to add a ciass or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Homecoming
Registration for winter quarter
Final examinations
Thanksgiving vacation
Winter Quarter
November 30
December 2
December 11
December 13
December 18
December 18
January 4
January 8
January 11-15
January 19-21
February 2-5
February 22-25
February 26March 7
Winter quarter begins
Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Festival of the Christ Child
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at
11:30a.m.
Classes resume
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Days of Prayer and Praise
Registration for spring quarter
Final Examinations
Spring vacation
Spring Quarter
March 8
March 10
March 19
March 26
April 2
April 5-8
April 9-11
April 12
April 27
April 28-30
May 1
May 17-20
May 21
Spring quarter begins
Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Easter vacation
Classes resume
Honors Day
Pre-registration for fall quarter
Spring Banquet
Final examinations
Commencement
PRESIDENT'S GREETING
5
President's
Greeting
Experiences during the first year after high school play a major
role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it.
Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main
purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a
philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions.
We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of
both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will
best help the student understand the world in which he will be living
and working.
We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart,
and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also
designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for
"making a life."
Bernt C. Opsal, President
Gl:NERAL INFORMAllON
7
General Information
HISTORY
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational
liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beginning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran
Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to
Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis,
in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet
those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The
College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all
synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men
and women from various geographic, cultural, ecohomic, racial,
and religious backgrounds.
THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION
Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre
campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is
the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest.
The academic life of the students is centered in a large split-level
complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a
prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and
lounges are located in this building.
·
Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta
dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities· incJude fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer a:nd
8
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to
Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a grill is located in Delta dormitory.
PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a
program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training.
Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for
students interested in the arts and sciences, and also piovide
opportunity for a study of the sources oi the Christian faith.
Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to
participate in community and church activities.
In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula:
1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions
according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year
college or university.
2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for
semi-professional employment in the fields of parish work,
missions, secretarial work, social service and recreational
leadership.
3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for
individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs.
Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with
opportunities ...
. . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as
set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and
an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her
basic beliefs and spiritual commitments .
. . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young
adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and
active membership in Christian congregations .
. . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theater
through courses and cultural events on the campus and
through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College.
GENERAL INFORMATION
9
... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical
education and sports activities .
. . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination
of individual goals, the building of relationships with other
people and the experience of companionship in a Christian
setting.
ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation
through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in
July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they
make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their
credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community.
A ffi Iiations
Lutheran Educational Conference of North America
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities
American Association of Community and Junior Colleges
Association of Minnesota Colleges
Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges
Minnesota Junior College Athletic Association
National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII
Minnesota Community College Women's Athletic Association
Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women-Region VI
Minnesota Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
Transfer of Religion Courses
With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted
that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion.
Students who are planning to continue their education at a college
with limited transfer of religion .credits may register for the religion
courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through
the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a
student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete
a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A.
degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College.
GENERAL GUIDELINES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly.
'
The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct
themselves in a manner which is not in the best interests of the
10
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected
to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to
student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook.
Chapel
All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel
program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest
speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or
other special convocation programs.
Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel
services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to
attend public worship every Sunday in the church of ones choice.
Student Use of Automobiles
Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do
not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from
work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need
an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through
the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to
terminate a permit :at any time if, in his opinion,. circumstances
warrant such action.
Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students
from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in
college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on
and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances
where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran
College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to
take disciplinary action.
Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state
statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student
who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or
drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action.
The college's action will be determined by the circumstances
surrounding each individual case.
STUDENT PERSONNEL
11
Student Personnel Services
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to
the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time
the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College
and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year.
The orientation period also includes a series of ability and
personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective
counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to
college life.
COUNSELING SERVICES
The major decisions which students have to make during their
early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling
provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their
academic, social, personal, and vocational problems.
The College counselors are available to assist students in
clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational
goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help
them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help
them deal with personal and/or emotional problems.
Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him
or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each aca..
demic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to the
12
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
assigned faculty advisor, each student may make appointments to
visit Vv'ith instructors, Residence Hall Directors, the deans, the Co!lege nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance if difficulties are encountered.
Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this
assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation
courses described on page 63.
HEAL TH SERVICES
The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic
medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a
mile from the campus.
INSURANCE
The personal property of staff members and students is not
covered by insurance and the college does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property.
HOUSING SERVICES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college.
Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College
residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their
tiomes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on
campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which
provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for
the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who
are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening
dinner in the College cafeteria.
STUDENT LIFE
13
Student Life
Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities
and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The
programs of the College provide wholesome recreation together
with programs that stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE
Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) elected by the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It
seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more
enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet
are examples of the many social activities available.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound ·religious life activities must be
an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the
College has regularly scheduled chapel services and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer
and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child.
In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The Col-
14
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
lege has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many
of the athletes take an active part. There is also an opportunity to
participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the
Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song.
ATHl,.ETICS
Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden
Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and
physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure
time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities.
Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, and cross country. The
College is a member of the Minnesota State Junior College Conference and the National Junior College Athletic Association.
Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women.
MUSIC
Golden Valley lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and
spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires,
therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation
in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a
performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley
Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal
Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of
music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a
pep band and c9ncert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community anq College organization; and various vocal and instrumental
ens~mples. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the
College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study.
The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin
City ~rea makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of
the fine arts; Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other
coHegesand the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment.
STUDENT LIFE
15
DRAMA
The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold
in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the
field.
ADMISSIONS INFORMATION
17
Admissions Information
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested
in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or
its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are
considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school
counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying:
1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $10
application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55422.
2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions.
3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish
test results from one of the testing programs described below.
Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans,
extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information
in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important
resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty
advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi-
18
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her
fu!! potential.
Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school
are responsible for submitting the results of their participation
in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT
Assessment Program.
Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did
not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT,
SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the
results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period.
4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $50.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been
made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment,
unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the
early decision plan (pays the $50.00 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance
being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines,
library fines, etc. have been deducted.
5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room
deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the
date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for
the entire school year, beginning with fall term.
6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and
returned.
7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be
mailed during the summer.
The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to
withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it
is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual.
COSTS
19
Costs
STUDENT COSTS 1981-82
The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and
the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting
these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of
tuition, board, room or fees at any time.
The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are
through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran
Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds,
however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include
alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs
to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty
program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year
period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or
more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord
answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask
them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving.
Deposits and Fees
A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable.
All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $50 by
April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this
deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant
accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays
the $50 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges,
equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted.
20
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students
basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a
room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term.
Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the
order in which a $50 advance tuition deposit payment is received.
Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be
made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received.
CHARGES BY QUARTER
The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per
academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is
considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12
credits is considered a part-time student.
Tuition for full-time student ......................... $1,285.00
Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107.00
Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
680.00
(Subject to change)
20.00
Telephone ....................................... .
Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation
12.00
courses) ....................................... .
3.00
Physical Education Fee ........................... .
5.00
Varsity Physical Education Fee ..................... .
Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling,
etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-25.00
Humanities 200 (Travel and Study) for GVLC students
10.00
currently enrolled .............................. .
20.00
Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled
(per credit)
Music Fees
Voice and Instrument lessons .................... .
Organ Rental .................................. .
Practice Room Fee ............................. .
Social Service Intern Fee .......................... .
Late Registration Fee ............................. .
This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule
at any point during the registration procedure for any
quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or
family emergencies.
Late Payment Fee ................................ .
This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the
balance on his or her account within two days after
classes begin for the quarter.
107.00
14.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
15.00
PAYMENT PLAN
Miscellaneous Fees
Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter)
Charge for change in registration after the tenth day
of classes ............ (per change of course permit)
Special Examinations ...................... (each)
(For final examinations requested at times other
than regularly scheduled)
Transcript Fee (first copy free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Tuition Deposit for second year students . . .
Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the
above payment is received. (Non-refundable)
21
5.00
1.00
5.00
2.00
50.00
PAYMENT PLAN
The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of
registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in
this section.
Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the
Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit
is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added.
No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding
quarter has not been paid in full. Course credit cannot be granted,
grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and
degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been
met.
PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1981-82
Fall Quarter
June 16
July 14
August 18
Registration Day
Winter Quarter
September 25
October 13
November 1
Spring Quarter
December 8
January 9
February 1
On Campus
$ 600.00
600.00
575.00
230.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00
Sp. Fees
$2,005.00
$1,285.00
On Campus
$ 575.00
790.00
580.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00 + Sp. fees.
$1,945.00
$1,285.00
On Campus
$ 575.00
790.00
580.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00 + Sp. fees.
$1,945.00
$1,285.00
22
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Gift Support
The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and
board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the college. In
fact, 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants.
In the present budget this amounts to $700,000 a year. Therefore,
over and above all help s/he may get, each student receives the
equivalent of a $1200 scholarship per year in order to cover the total
expenses of the operation.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have
registered and paid their tuition will receive a computed refund
figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal.
Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100%
During first week ..................................... 90%
During second week .................................. 75%
From third through fifth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50%
During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25%
After sixth week .................................. No refund
Room and Board Refunds-a two-week room charge, plus a prorated board and room charge for the time spent on the campus, will
be made for those leaving before the quarter is completed. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable
time.
BOOKSTORE
All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the
college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other
items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to
$70.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books.
Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $175.00.
LIBRARY
The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curriculum. There are over 25,000 volumes, 250 periodicals, local and
national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including
phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with
necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the
students.
FINANCIAL AID
23
Financial Aid
Golden Valley Lutheran College offers several· kinds of financial
aid to help students and their parents defray the expenses incurred
by the student's college education. All such awards are made by the
Financial Aid Committee and are based on the student's academic
achievement, special abilities, and financial need.
Basically, there are three sources of financial aid:
Federal Government
State of Minnesota
Golden Valley Lutheran College
There are three forms of aid:
Gift Aid
Loans
Student Employment
All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic
year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance
for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal
standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift
aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as
proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that
quarter.
GIFT AID
Gift Aid is a categorical name given to all awards from GVLC plus
the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant and the Minnesota State Scholarship/
Grant Program. These awards do not have to be repaid.
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant-A grant provided by the
24
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Federal Government based on financial need. Th.e amount is determined by a formula based on expected parental contribution from
income and assets. Students applying for financial aid from the
College will be expected to apply for this grant.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Awarded by the
Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC
to make awards of $200 or more to students who show exceptional
financial need.
Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid-Includes all awards in
the areas of academics, athletics, Christian service, drama and
music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are
based on demonstrated excellence in the specified skill area and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing)
Family Financial Statement. The GVLC Gift Aid awarded to freshmen is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid
awarded to sophomores is based on participation and achievement
while freshmen at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the
student's account each quarter.
Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program-Available to Minnesota residents with awards up to $1,250 per year depending on
need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC
are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for specifics because filing
details (such as deadlines) vary from year to year.
Other Grants- There are a number of grants and scholarships
available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult
his/her high school counselor and the College's Director of Financial Aid for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants.
DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)-Federal NDSL Loans are
available to students who have financial need and have been
accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student
completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 3%, and repayment
may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven
if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military
duty.
Guaranteed Student Loans-The student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 7% interest from a bank, and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college.
The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period.
FINANCIAL AID
25
When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 7% interest from the Minnesota State Student
Loan program. First year students are limited to $1,500 per loan,
but may apply for second loans under the $2,500 limit. The federal
government will pay the interest during the time the student is in
college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the
repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC
Financial Aid Office.
Lutheran Brotherhood loan-If a member of the student's family
holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may
borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured
Student Loans.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College
participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The
student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills.
Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of
campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous
part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and
surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available.
PROCEDURE FOR APPL YING FOR FINANCIAL AID
In general, no financial aid is offered to entering freshmen until
they have declared their intention to attend. The first step, then, is
to apply and be admitted to the College. In addition to the application for admission, the student must complete an application for financial aid and return it to the Admissions Office.
The next step is to obtain from the high school counselor an ACT
Family Financial Staiement as this is the basic means used to
determine financial need. Many otherwise qualified students fail to
receive financial assistance simply because they failed to get their
financial statements sent in early enough; they should be on file
before March 1. Minnesota residents must file the ACT Family
Financial Statement by March 1 to be eligible for the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program.
26
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Students who complete the above process can expect to hear
from the Director of Financial Aid as soon as a!! pertinent information can be assembled. Once a qualified student receives the resulting Financial Aid "Package," he or she must indicate acceptance
within three weeks of the date of receipt.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students
who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid
Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic
achievement, Christian character and professional promise.
The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an
organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College.
The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David
Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son
Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This
scholarship is for assisting handicapped students.
The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha
Gjernes Estate.
The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the
late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the
late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the
College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good
student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example."
The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and
the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It
is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the
ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded
on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior
years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student
planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college.
The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs.
Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for
what this school has meant to them.
SCHOLARSHIPS
27
The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established
in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but
never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student
who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences.
A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs.
Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who
has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr.
Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College.
The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs.
Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the
Board of Regents of the College.
The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the
late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It
is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character,
leadership, and scholarship.
The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the
family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of
Regents of the College and advisor to the president.
The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a
former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents.
This scholarship is given annually to a student who has shown
excellence in Biblical studies.
The Tang Mission Scholarship is also given by Dr. and Mrs.
Christopher Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in mission courses.
The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has
been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband
and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service,
ministry, missionary work or Bible study.
The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time
faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden
Valley Lutheran College.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
29
The Academic Program
Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year
completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and
Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational
Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of
study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a
graduation award.
The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberaf arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general
education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation.
Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on
their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of
college.
General education courses ask the student to know something of
the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he
or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological
studies.
GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Credit Load and Student Classification
A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to
this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's
30
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be
granted by the Academic Dean. Students enro!!ed for 12 or more
credit-hours per term will be considered full-time; those with less
than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman; a student who has earned 45 or more cumulative
credits will be classified as a sophomore.
The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit.
Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and
tuition costs are the same as costs for credit.
Grading and Honor Point System
A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term
and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by
the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the
following scale:
Grade
A
B
c
Honor Points
Per Credit
4
3
2
D
1
F
I
0
w
WF
s
u
0
0
0
0
Superior
Above Average
Average
Below Average
Failure
Incomplete*
Withdrawn**
Withdrawn, failing**
Satisfactory***
Unsatisfactory***
*Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student
attends. If a student wants an extension beyond four weeks, he or
she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the
work is not completed, the grade becomes an F.
**Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by
W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last
regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas
determined by the instructor.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
31
***An optional grading system of Sand U may be used at the discretion of the instructor for non-transferable credit. If a student is to
work for an S instead of a letter grade, the decision must be determined by the instructor and the student before the sixth week of the
quarter. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior
College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts degree.
Academic Honors
An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a
grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each
term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or
better are included on the Dean's List.
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress
In accordance with policies established by the administration and
faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to unsatisfactory
progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her
grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or
her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one
quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any
quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the
grade point average is raised to 1 .50 or above. A student who persists in a pattern of unsatisfactory progress may be dismissed from
college.
Eligibility for Varsity Sports
Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley
Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic
Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a
varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student
during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a
grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course
work listed in the College catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in
their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter
requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all
hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing
a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.)
With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a
student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a
quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of
study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee.
32
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Repeating A Course
A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has
been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at
the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course
in which a D or F grade has been received, only the more recent
grade earned will be entered on the student's transcript and included in the computation of the grade point average.
Class Attendance
Each student is responsible for completing work as required in
each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused
absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to
learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually
stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a
student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of
unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments.
Independent Study
A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied
toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the
criteria established by the department and have the approval of the
chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent
Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study,
and a demonstration of relevance to the student's objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office.
Bible and English Requirements
All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for
eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the
student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A
student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to
take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102,
English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in
the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for
selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages
57-58.
All freshmen students are required to take the sequence in College English (English 111, 112, 113).
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
33
Activity Credits
A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied
toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required
physical education are not included in this category, however one
physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for
varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years,
only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities
include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, Golden Valley
Singers, Madrigal Singers, Band, Golden Valley Orchestra, Theater
Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity
courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits
that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration
whether the activity is being taken for credit or non-credit.
Credit by Special Examination
Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits
or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific
departmental policies.
Admission of Transfer Students
College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied
toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college
attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in grade
and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements,
will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley
Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special
petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee.
The actual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade
points are not included in the computation of the grade point average.
Withdrawals from the College
If a student wishes to withdraw from the College during any term,
application for this action must be made in the Office of the
Registrar. An unauthorized withdrawal results in failure in all
courses. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the
time the application was approved. (See page 22.)
34
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
REGISTRATION
New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as
indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning
students are required to register on the days indicated in the
calendar.
Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such
settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any
class or individual lesson.
Changes in Registration
Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident
mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days
of classes, upon the written approval of the Academic Dean, the advisor, and the teachers concerned. A Change of Course Permit for
this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the
tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except
upon petition and favorable action by the Academic Affairs
Committee. Petition forms are available from the Registrar's Office.
There is a $1.00 fee for each change in registration after the tenth
day of classes.
Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by
W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or F as
determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after
final examinations begin.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
35
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
37
Graduation Requirements
Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college
program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt
about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with
an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a
petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the
Committee on Academic Affairs.
The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her
program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors,
the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way
possible.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE
IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND
TRANSFER PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program
is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A
student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one
of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are:
1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below.
The further requiremP.nts in the Programs of Study (pages
41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to
fulfill them.
38
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the facuity.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
Natural Science
8-12
9
12
Creative Arts
6
Physical Education
3
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Bus 200, 210, L.E. 140 and
all Soc Sci courses except
Hist 102, Hum 200
PO 100, 110, 120, 130, 140,
150, 160, 170,200
Soc Serv 101, 102, 103,
201, 202,203
All Natural Science
courses except
Mathematics 101
All Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
and Ensembles
Physical Education 101,
102, 103 (one credit only
per varsity sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed
for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized
nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the
term in which the student graduates. The mr;· =~ements for this
award are:
1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below
plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum
(pages 48-55).
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
39
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
9
6
Natural Science
4
Creative Arts
3
Physical Education
3
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Al I Social Science
courses except History
102; Personal Orientation
100, 110, 120, 130, 140,
150, 160, 170,200,or
Humanities 200
Al I Natural Science
courses
Al I Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
and Ensembles
Physical Education 101 ,
102, 103 (one credit only
per varsity sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR
COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students
who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy
the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are:
1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible
Course or alternative per term.
2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
40
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR
VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE
1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average).
2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
41
Programs of Study
Details of the curricula Usted below are outlined on the pages
which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves
the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity
arises.
A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts
and Transfer Program
1. Basic Liberal Arts
2. Basic Science
3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological
Studies
4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration
5. Pre-Professional Programs
a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education,
Special Education)
b. Physical Education
c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts)
d. Recreation Leadership
e. Law
f. Agriculture
g. Forestry
h. Pharmacy
i. Medicine
j. Dentistry
k. Nursing
I. Corrective Therapy
m. Occupational Therapy
n. Physical Therapy
42
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized
Program
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Social Service
Music (pre-Bachelor of Music)
Law Enforcement
Computer Training and Electronics Technician
General Secretarial
Legal Secretarial
Medical Secretarial
Office Administration
Parish Secretarial
Parish Work
World Mission
C. Curricula leading to the
1 . General Secretarial
2. Legal Secretarial
3. Medical Secretarial
4. :World Mission
One-Year
Vocational
Certificate
A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM
1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended
for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses
listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign
language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his advisor
will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the
school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, 0.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
Speech 100, 110, or 200
3
Social Science
12
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
All courses except Mathematics 101
Natural Science
8-12
Creative Arts
6
All courses except Applied Music, arid.
Ensembles
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Physical Education
3
0-15
See department listing
Foreign Language
Electives
14-33
Courses in special field of interest
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43
2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planninQ to transfer to a university or four-year colleoe for
degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his advisor, will
make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to
which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
9
English
Speech 100, 110, or 200
3
Speech
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
12
Social Science
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
Selections from Mathematics, Biology,
41-51
Natural Science
Chemistry and Physics (except
Mathematics 101)
All courses except Applied Music, and
6
Creative Arts
Ensembles
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Physical Education
German 101, 102, 103 recommended
0-12
Foreign Language
3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL
AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who
want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more
extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence
may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
27-36
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives;
Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from
New Testament
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100, 110, or200
Social Science
15
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
Natural Science
8-12
All courses except Mathematics 101
Physical Education 101, 102, 103.
Physical Education
3
All courses except Applied Music, and
Creative Arts
6
Ensembles
Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended
Foreign Language
0-15
0-21
Electives
See department listings
44
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
4.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM
This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business
ua~minictt"!ltif"\n
.... 1111111 ....
...... u"-'''
~•
ron11it"amantc nf
!l fn11t"-\/O!lt"
v•....,.
,....,._.., ,..., ...... , rlant"oa
.... ...,::;''"'""' nrnnr!lm
,...,'1._..,...,.,,....,,,~...,
,..,,...,~,._..,,,,
•Arlmiccinn
,._...,.,...,...,,...,,,
t"t)n11ira,...,"'1.,.."'"'
ments for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be
guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to
transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year
college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts Degree.
Required_ and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English111, 112, 113
9
English
Speech 100 required
3
Speech
12
Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203
Social Science
recommended
Math 102 required; Math 200 or 201,
9-22
Natural Science
Math 110, Biology 111, 112, 113
recommended depending on four
year college's requirements.
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Physical Education
6
All Creative Arts Courses except
Creative Arts
Applied Music and Ensembles
Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210
23
Business
0-19
Selections from Business 110, 130,
Business Electives
140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in
Business Administration should
be selected after consulting
the four year college's degree
program requirements)
0-21
Electives
5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN
SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS
a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level
will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the
teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below
fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion
of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Elementary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Geography 100
Biology 113
History 201, 202, 203
Physical Education 120, 130
Psychology 202, 203, 210 Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
45
Secondary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
Emphasis on a special field of interest
Special Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
b. Physical Education A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran
College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts degree and
provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T.101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
9
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123, 201, 202, 203 or
. Social Science
15
Sociology 100, 110, 210 or
Psychology 202, 203
Natural Science
16
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Physical Education
17
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, 120,
130, 200, 210
Creative Arts
6
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Electives
11
See department listings.
c. Music The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lowerdivision requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major
in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music degree
is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N .T. 101, Q.T. 102, N .T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Social Science
12
History 121, 122, 123 recommended
Natural Science
8-12
Selections from Biology or Mathematics
(other than Mathematics 101)
Physical Education
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Creative Arts
Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied
36
Music-6 credits, Ensembles-6 credits
Electives
2-6
See department listings
46
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
d. Recreation Leadership
A program designed for persons desiring a career in
recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100 or 130
Social Science
12
Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202,
203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended
All Natural Science Courses except
Natural Science
8-12
Mathematics 101
Physical Education
15
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, i 20,
200, 210
Recreation Leadership
15
Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, 220, 230
Creative Arts
6
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Electives
2-6
See department listings.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
47
The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring
entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should
consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection.
Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts degree
and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program.
e.
Law
The Basic liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
f.
Agriculture
The Basic liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
g. Forestry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
h. Pharmacy
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
i.
Medicine
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
j.
Dentistry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
k. Nursing
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
Speech 100, 110
History 201, 202, 203
Political Science 100, 200
Psychology 202, 203
Sociology 11 O, 210, 212
Business 200, 210, 230
Speech 100, 110
History 201, 202, 203
Geography 100
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Business 200, 210
Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200
Biology 111, 112, 221, 222, 223
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Physics 102
Business 200, 21 O
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113, 231
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203
Mathematics 102, 103, 201
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203
Physics 102, 103
One year of foreign language when necessary
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202
Physics 102, 103
Psychology 202
Sociology 100 or 110
Biology 111, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102,
Physics 102
German 101, 102, 103 Rec om mended
48
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
I.
Corrective Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Speech 200
Psychology 202; 203
Biology 111, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210
Curriculum and including:
m. Occupational Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
n. Physical Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Mathematics 102
Physics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
Psychology 120 or 210
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended
B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional
Social Service Worker i~ areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads
to the Associate in Arts degree. The program is designed for students who wish to
find employment after two years in college.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Electives
9
3
27-36
4
3
3
16-25
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 110
Psychology 202, 203, 210; Sociology 100, 110,
120; Social Service 101, 102, 103, 201, 202,
203
All Natural Science courses except Math 101
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130,
Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49
2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may
be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of
Music degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of
the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
9
6-9
4
3
51
Electives
0-1
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123 recommended
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132,
133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music6 credits; Ensembles-6 credits
3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in
Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts
degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Law Enforcement
Electives
9
6
15
4
6
3
24
7
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 and 200
History 220; Political Science 100; Psychology
120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 120
All courses except Applied Music, and
Ensembles
Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150,
160, 170
Law Enforcement 200 recommended
4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in
the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at
the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern
Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the
AA degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
English
9
Social Science
6
Natural Science
10-15
Physical Education
3
Creative Arts
3
Electives
2-7
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120
Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100
See department listings
50
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial
skills, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career
as a general secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
4
3
3
Business I Secretarial
Science
Electives
43-51
0-4
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 210 recommended; or any
Social Science courses listed under the
Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Business 110, 120, 130, 150; Secretarial
Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123,
201, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial
training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career
as a legal secretary.
6.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
3
3
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
4
46-54
0-3
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 210 recommended, or
alternatives
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 213, 231,
232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science
101 required depending on background of
the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
51
7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a
career as a medical secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 21 O recommended, or alternatives
Biology 111, 232
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
9
6
8-12
3
3
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103,
110,111,112, 113, 123, 201, 213,221,222,
223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101
required depending on background of the
student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
42-50
0-1
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of
business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an
entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is
specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of
business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office
Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to
register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA
Degree. Completion of this curriculum !eads to the Associate in Arts degree.
8.
Required and Recommended Courses
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business
Administration
9
3
6-12
4-8
3
3
14
Business
Administration/
Secretarial
Science
Electives
21-40
General Electives
0-11
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or
alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202,
N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 required
Business 200 and 210 recommended
Math 102 and 110 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except
Applied Music, and Ensembles
Business 101, 102, 120, 150.
(Business 140, Secretarial Science
101 required depending on
background of the student)
Business 103, 110, 130, 230,
270, 300; Secretarial Science
102, 103, 110, 201, 203,
211,220
See Departmental Listings
52
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which
combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares
the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts
degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
4
3
3
Business I Secretarial
Science
Applied Christianity
36-42
16
Electives
N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103,
11 0' 111 ' 11 2' 11 3' 1 23' 201 ' 203' 211 ' 213
(Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student)
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221,
230
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
10. PARISH WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training
for the responsibilities of a Parish Worker, which includes visitation, youth work,
parish education and secretarial duties. Completion of this curriculum leads to an
Associate in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
Theology and Church
History
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Secretarial Science
Applied Christianity
Electives
9
9
3
6
4
3
3
3-9
25-27
1-9
N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 140
Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100
Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required
depending on course background of
student)
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201,
202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230
See department listings; Sociology and
Psychology courses recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53
11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's
need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields
such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and
thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible
study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and
opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work
in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the
Associate· in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
Theology
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
6
9
3
..J 2
8-12
3
3
2
9
6
13
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
Theology 121, 122, 123
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100, 110, or200
All Social Science courses (except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130,
140, 150, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201203 or Humanities 200)
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
Christian Service 11 O
All Applied Christianity courses
Mission 100, 110, 120
See department I istings
54
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL
CERTIFICATE
1. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One Year) Completion of this
one-year curriculurrJ, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand) and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
Science
35-40
Electives
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
Physical Education 103 or alternative
Business 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211
(Business 140 required depending on background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to
a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
38-43
Science
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives
Physical Education 102 or alternative
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110,
111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140 required depending on background
of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
55
3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads
to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Natural Science
4
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
Science
34-39
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives
Biology 232
Physical Education 101 or alternative
Business 150; Secretarial Science 11 O, 111,
112, 113, 123, 201, 221, 222, 223 (Business
140 required depending on background of
the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended.
Students entering the one-year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
4. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year)
riculum leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Theology and Church
History
9
English
6
Social Science
9
Physical Education
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
3
1-2
6-12
6
Completion of the one-year cur-
Selected from N.T.101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
Eng Iish 111 , 112
Philosophy 210, 220; Political Science 200 or
Anthropology 100 or 110
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Christian Service 110
Appl.ied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211
Mission 100, 110, 120, 200
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
57
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions.
The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the
course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore
course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second
digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department,
from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The
third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1)
first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling.
The college reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate
enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises.
I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES
A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The
Bible Core Sequence is as follows:
FRESHMEN
Fall Term
Winter Term
Spring Term
N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews)
O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102
History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John)
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles)
SOPHOMORES
Fall Term
O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah (or English 230 Literature of the Bible)
Winter Term N.T. 202 Romans
Spring Term N.T. 203 Revelation
A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core
courses.
DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES
0.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament
3 credits
The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of
God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and
fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of
John.
58
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah
3 credits
An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study
of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the
Messiah of the New Testament.
N.T. 101 Luke-Acts
3 credits
A study of the life of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Christian Church
through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture.
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles
3 credits
The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the
Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon
their relevance to our day.
N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew
3 credits
A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction
to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the iife and work of Cr1rist in the light of
Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years.
N.T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews
3 credits
A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His
supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of
studying the Bible. Offered alternate years.
N.T. 130 General Epistles
3 credits
An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special
attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years.·
N.T. 140 The Gospel of John
3 credits
An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as
seen uniquely in the theology of John.
N.T. 202 Romans
3 credits
An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life.
N. T. 203 Revelation
3 credits
A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.O. and the central
Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of
study results.
Bible 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests.
DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY
Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement.
Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation
2 credits
A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set
forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method.
Theology 122 The God of Redemption
2 credits
A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and
with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance
of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption.
Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace
2 credits
A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof.
Theology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special theological problems and areas of study for the student's interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
59
Church History 200 Religion in Modern America
3 credits
Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis
upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and
upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Parish Work Curriculum.
Church History 300 Independent Study
Special problems and areas of study in Church History.
1 to 3 credits
II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
English 100 Basic English
3 credits (see below)
For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is
necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of College English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students who receive a C grade or better may
be granted elective credit toward the AA degree, but since this course may not
transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92
credits. Students in this course are required to attend three hours of class and an
additional fourth laboratory hour each week in the skills center.
English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College English
3creditsperterm
The regular series of courses in freshman College English. English 111 and 112
place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing
skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113
offers study of specific genre, themes and I or topics in literature. Course titles may
vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of
Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must
be taken in seq.uence.
·
English 130 Creative Writing
3 credits
Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other
literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work.
English 210 Topics in Literature
3 credits
Study of themes and topics in literature such as literature by American minorities,
literature by women, or death in literature.
English 211, 212, 213 American Literature
211: Tile New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries
212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century
213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century
3 credits per term
English 221, 222, 223 World Literature
3 credits per term
Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in
world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient
East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present).
English 230 Literature of the Bible
3 credits
Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings
primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as
pieces of literature.
English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits)
Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises
in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing.
60
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
English 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
3 credits
A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches.
Speech 1-1 O Small Group Communications
3 credits
Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision
making process.
Speech 130 Oral Interpretation
3 credits
Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally.
Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques
for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections.
Speech 140 Communication for Parish Workers
3 credits
Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public
Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to
first year or second year parish work students.
Speech 200 Interpersonal Communication
3 credits
Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior.
Speech 203 Public Sp.eaking
3 credits
A study of the theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to
persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's permission.
Speech 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German
4 credits per term
Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of
or concurrent registration in English 111.
3 credits per term
German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German
Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on
speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German.
German 210 Directed Readings in German
1 to 6 credits
Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase
their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary.
1 to 3 credits
German 300 Independent Study
Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
5 credits per term
Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek
Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval
necessary for first year students.
Greek 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
61
Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own
transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean.
Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY
History 102 History of Ancient Israel
3 credits
Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight
of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia
and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible.
History 111 History of Ancient Greece
3 credits
Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic
times.
History 112 History of Ancient Rome
3 credits
Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late
Roman Empire.
History 113 History of Medieval Europe
3 credits
Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire
through the fifteenth century.
History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization
3 credits per term
Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval,
Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term:
Modern Europe in a world setting.
History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States
3 credits per term
Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their
social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through
Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to
the present.
History 220 The Modern World
3 credits
General survey and a more intensive student investigation of the Modern World,
1914 to the present.
History 230 Topics in History
3 credits
Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the
history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor.
History 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student
interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
·
Political Science 100 American Government and Politics
3 credits
Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States
and of political issues of the current scene.
Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought
3 credits
Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of
contemporary Christian thought.
Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science
3 credits
Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as
comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic
thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or
consent of instructor.
Political Science 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
62
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Geography 100 Human Geography
3 credits
Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns
of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas.
Geography 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval
necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES
Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy
3 credits
Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil.
Philosophy 103 Logic
Study of formal logic and the techniques of evaluating arguments.
3 credits
Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy
3 credits
Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students.
Philosopl1y 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy
3 credits per term
Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical
thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter
term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate
years.
Philosophy 210, 220 Philosophy of the Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per term
Study of the philosophical svstems of the major religions of Africa, the Middle
East and Asia, including Animism, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism and Shintoism. Offered alternate years.
Humanities 200 Travel and Study
1-3 credits
Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members.
Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective
credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional
approval.
Philosophy 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the student's
needs and interests. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION
Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment
3 credits
Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more
effective personal living and relationships with other people.
Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology
3 credits per term
Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior;
provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202.
Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence
3 credits
Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work
completed.
Psychology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
63
Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills
1 credit (see below)
Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of
study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development.
Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading
1 credit (see below)
Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary,
reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life.
Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development
2 credits (see below)
Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development.
Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines.
Personal Orientation 130 How to Study
1 credit (see below)
Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and
student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective method's of concentration, use of time, study, organizing material, preparing for examinations, and preparing research papers, book reports or other term projects.
Personal Orientation 140 Pre-Composition
1 credit (see below)
Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and
paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is
necessary before the student can enter English 100 and the College English
sequence.
Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics
1 credit (see below)
Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational
expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations.
Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling
1 credit
Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course
will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format.
Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper
1 or 2 credits
Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research
paper; the course wil I utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of
the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite:
English 111 or instructor's permission.
Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning
2 credits (see below)
Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's
values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals.
Credits from Personal Orientation 110, 120, 130, 160, 170 or 200 may count as
elective credits for the AA degree providing the grade is C or better.
(Credits for Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 and 200 are
granted for the Junior College Certificate.)
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology
3 credits
Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and
socialization in the context of change.
Sociology 11 O Social Problems
3 credits
Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the student's understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change.
Sociology 120 Marriage and Family
3 credits
Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage
from a Christian point of view.
Sociology 210 The Urban Center
3 credits
Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions
and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100.
64
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations
3 credits
Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of
the instructor.
Sociology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special sociological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. May
be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Internship
1-3 credits per term
Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies;
orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum.
Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology
3 credits
Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used
in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years.
Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
3 credits
Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the
human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation.
Ottered alternate years.
Anthropology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special Anthropological problems and areas of study for the student's interests.
Department approval necessary.
IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Math 101 Intermediate Algebra
3 credits
Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring,
fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations,. Prerequisite: one year of
high school algebra.
Math 102 College Algebra
5 credits
Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Math 103 Trigonometry
4 credits
functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or its equivalent.
Trigonom~tric
Math 110 Introductory Statistics
4 credits
Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution,
statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of
business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Math 180 Finite Mathematics
5 credits
Logic and set theory, Functions, Algebra of matrices, Linear systems, Linear programming, Probability. Applications in business, biology and behavioral sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 101 or equivalent.
Math 200 Elements of Calculus
5 credits
A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short
review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite:
Math 102.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
65
Math 201 Calculus I
5 credits
Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of
functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the
applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or their equivalents.
Math 202 Calculus II
5 credits
Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several
techniques of integration: by parts, by change of variable, by approximation
methods, etc. Parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical
and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or its equivalent.
5 credits
Math 203 Calculus Ill
Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more
variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential
equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or its equivalent.
1 to 3 credits
Math 300 Independent Study
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics 100 Environmental Physics
4 credits
Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the
physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics
are developed non-mathematically. One hour lab per week is devoted to student
projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science students. No
prerequisite.
5 credits
Physics 102 General Physics I
Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with
applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions.
One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Physics 103 General Physics II
5 credits
The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear
physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and
problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students
in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or its equivalent.
Physics 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology 111 Life Studies I
4 credits
Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in
life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
Biology 112 Life Studies II
4 credits
The fndividual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and
union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response,
physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one
two-hour research lab weekly.
Biology 113 Environmental Biology
4 credits
Traces exploration ..-conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and
application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
66
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Biology 114 Field Ecology and I or
4 credits
Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology
4 credits
Wilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North
Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with
field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreations (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording
animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113.
Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology
1-4 credits
Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide
career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational
planning. One weekend is equal to 1 credit. A maximum of 4 credits may be applied
to the AA Degree.
Biology 221 Plant Studies
4 credits
The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods
per week.
Biology 222 Introduction to Botany
4 credits
The study of the major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulation, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house
environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111, or 112or113.
Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology
4 credits
The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at
least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113.
Biology 231 Microbiology
4 credits
Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public health measures, agricultural and industrial usefulness of the
smallest life systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years.
Biology 232 Anatomy
4 credits
Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint
utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate
mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113.
Biology 233 Physiology
4 credits
Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two
lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission.
Biology 241 Genetics
4 credits
An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian
genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure,
DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with
population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on
human inheritance. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111. Offered alternate years.
Biology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
67
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry
4 credits
Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Course is designed
for the non science major and has no prerequisites. Topics of current interest such
as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double
laboratory period per week.
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry
4 credits per term
Study of atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic classification, the mole,
gas laws, stoichiometry, liquids, solids, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium,
nuclear chemistry, electrochemistry, oxidation, reduction, pH, acids and bases,
and organic chemistry. During Chemistry 103 the student will study Qualitative
Analysis in the laboratory, involving the separation and identification of some of
the more common ions. Chemistry 101, 102, 103-Three lectures and one double
lab per week. Chemistry 101, 102, and 103 must be taken in sequence.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry
4 credits per term
Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones,
amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as
keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra
to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week.
Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence.
Chemistry 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
RECREATION LEADERSHIP
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
1 credit per term
Winter
Fall
Spring
101 E Bowling
102R Badminton
103L Basebal I
1011 Conditioning
102B Basketball
103E Bowling
101J Cross Country 102E Bowling
1031 Conditioning
101 A Football
1020 Cross Country Skiing 103W Golf
101 N Karate
102H Gym Hockey
103N Karate
101 S Soccer
102N Karate
103X Softball
101C Speedball
102G Weightlifting
103T Tennis
101 D Swimming
102f( Wrestling
103U Track
101T Tennis
1030 Women's Self Defense
101V Volleyball
Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education
3 credits
Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and
basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership.
Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid
3 credits
Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and
community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
68
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency
2 credits
Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates.
Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
1 credit
The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and
Official Certification in the skills of CPR.
Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports.
Physical Education 210 Team Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports.
Physical Education 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership
3 credits
Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field.
Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming
3 credits
Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of
recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.)
Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft
3 credits
Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor
education.
Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities
Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings.
3 credits
Recreation Leadership 230 Internship
1-3 credits per term
Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks,
recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A.
VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF ART
3 credits
Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts
Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques
and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art.
3 credits per term
Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World
Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture
in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term:
Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years.
Art 110 Two Dimensional Design
3 credits
A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design
sources in nature.
Art 121 Basic Drawing
3 credits
Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the
development of visual perception and personal aesthetics.
Art 122 Drawing
3 credits
An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of
visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
69
Art 123 Drawing
3 credits
Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still
life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122.
Art 130 Printmaking
3 credits
An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color.
Art 140 Watercolor
3 credits
An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and
technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape.
Art 202, 203 Painting
3 credits per term
Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the
mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique.
Prerequisite: Art 121.
1 to 3 credits
Art 300 Directed Study
Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in
consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Music 100 Introduction to Music
3 credits
The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors.
Music 111, 112, 113 Theory
4 credits per term
Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in
part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the
science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a
survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords.
Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music
3 credits per term
Survey of musical thought and achievement for primitive origins to the twentieth
century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval
of the instructor. Offered alternate years.
Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting
2 credits per term
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting
student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems and church-music programs and organization. Offered alternate years.
Music 133 Instrumental Conducting
2 credits
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting
student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef
reading, baton technique and transpositions. Offered alternate years.
Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory
4 credits per term
Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones,
seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present
with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113.
70
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Music 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
APPLIED MUSIC
Voice
1 credit
Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including
oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson
per week.
Piano
1 credit
Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales,
arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week.
Organ
1 credit
Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Liieraiure studies include examples from ail periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One half-hour
lesson per week.
Strings
1 credit
Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Woodwinds
1 credit
Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
1 credit
Brass
Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Percussion
1 credit
Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week.
ENSEMBLES
Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir
1 credit per term
Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all
periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The
choir meets four periods per week.
1 credit per term
Golden Valley Singers
Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral
music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week.
1/2 credit per term
The Madrigal Singers
Twelve students. selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are
given.
Symphonic Choir
Open to all members of the student body and the community.
Vz credit per term
Band
1 credit per term
Open to all College students by audition. The group performs literature from all
eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for
College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is
formed from this group.
College-Community Orchestra
Vzcredit per term
Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra
performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying
the College choirs at Christmas.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
71
Small Ensembles
Y2 credit per term
Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations,
concerts and at local church services.
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE
Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre
3 credits
Study of the various types of dramatic production, the role of theatre in Western
civilization, and discussion of the functions of director, actor, designer.
Theatre 110 Introduction to Acting
3 credits
Intensive study of the basic principles of acting (movement and voice) in the preparation of monologues and scenes.
Theatre 120 Theatre Practice
1 credit per term
(max. of 3 credits for AA degree)
Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned
dramatic or technical roles. Instructor's permission requir.ed.
4 credits
Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre
Study of procedures and methods in design and construction or preparation of
sets, costumes, props, lights, or sound.
Theatre 140 Mime
1 credit
Study of the elements of mime expression, physical technique and creative expression. One hour per week.
Theatre 200 History of Theatre
3 credits
Study of the development and practices of theatre and drama in Western culture
during a selected period.
3 credits
Theatre 210 Advanced Acting
Problems in characterization and direction involving advanced work in movement
and voice in the preparation of scenes, improvisations and one-act plays.
Theatre 220 Directin_g for the Theatre
4 credits
Principles and practice in preparing scenes and one-acts for production involving
script analysis, casting, blocking, and rehearsal technique.
Theatre 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students or research projects within selected theatre
disciplines.
VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS
Business 101 Accounting •
4 credits
Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements.
Business 102 Accounting II
4 credits
Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or its equivalent.
Business 103 Accounting Ill
4 credits
Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of
management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost.
Prerequisite: Accounting II or its equivalent.
Business 110 Personal Finance
3 Credits
Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting,
credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. (General Education-open to all students.)
72
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management
Survey of the
organization,
environment,
O\"Jnership,
management,
3 credits
ethics,
operational function, and regulation of American business systems.
Business 130 Introduction to Data Processing
3 credits
A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing.
Business 140 Business Mathematics
3 credits
Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics
include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes,
profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance.
3 credits
Business 150 Business Communications
General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types
of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of lang·uage as applied to writing business reports and letters.
Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics
4 credits
National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic
activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and
the balance of payments.
Business 210 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics
4 credits
Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust
policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income.
Business 230 Business Law
4 credits
Relationship between the citizen and the business world: Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations.
Business 270 Marketing
3 credits
Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods
and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years.
Business 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE
3 credits
Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I
Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students
with one year of high school typing except by permission.
Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II
3 credits
Students build speed and accuracy at the typewriter and increase their skill in
handling the more difficult problems in business correspondence, tabulations,
manuscripts and business forms. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 101 or its equivalent.
Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting
3 credits
Emphasis on typing performance at the executive level requiring sustained highlevel production speed with ability to organize, solve problems and produce highquality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are
stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 102 or its equivalent.
Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting
4 credits
General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a
physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle.
General Education class-Open to all students.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
73
Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand
2-4 credits
Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand for beginning students (4 Cr.); Review of
Gregg Diamond Jubilee for students with a minimum of one year of Gregg (2 Cr.)
Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand
4 credits
Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. Ill or equivalent.
4 credits
Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand
Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 123 Office Machines
3 credits
Instruction in the use of ten-key adding machines, electronic printing calculators,
and electronic display calculators.
Secretarial Science 201 Administrative Office Procedures I
2 credits
A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis
on attaining a job, records management, communication skills and office relations. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent.
. 2 credits
Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II
A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis
on word processing, business attitudes and proficient handling of office problems.
Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription
2 credits
Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material.
Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription
2 credits
Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building
and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or equivalent.
1 credit per term
Secretarial Science;220·.supervised Work Experience
Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register
during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial
science department in advance.
Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance,
medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and
general medical office duties.
Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology
4 credits
Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes
and suffixes: use of medical reference books.
Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription
4 credits
Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes
are used.
Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate,
litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations.
Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology
4 credits
Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates,
partnerships and corporations.
Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription
4 credits
Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of legal documents. Legal cassette tapes used.
Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
74
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT
Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
3 credits
Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the
criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures
An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of
crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their
role in effective law enforcement procedure.
Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice
3 credits
An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems,
and procedures.
Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure
3 credits
Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various
courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up
procedure.
Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology
3 credits
Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent
behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law
The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that
deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law
Study arYd analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law
enforcement problems.
Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement
3 credits
An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession,
with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded
by this career.
Law Enforcement 200 Internship for Law Enforcement
Supervised work experience with a law enforcement agency.
1 to 3 credits
Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement.
DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY
Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects·
1 credit per term
Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various
phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required.
3 credits per term
Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education
Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children.
An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the
objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
75
Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership
3 credits
Study of the needs and goals Of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods.
Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics
3 credits
Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self,
tam ily, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical
questions concerning right and wrong.
Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism
3 credits
The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the
responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the
parish and community is stressed.
Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project
1 credit per term
Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision.
Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar
3 credits
Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of
teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and
materials in adult Christian education.
Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I
3 credits
Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional
relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants.
Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11
3 credits
Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet
a congregation's particular needs.
Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work
1-3 credits
Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal
supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four
hours of work are required.
Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
Mission 100 Introduction to Mission
2 credits
Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the
Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the
Church in various countries of the world.
Mission 110 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century.
Mission 120 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century.
Mission 200 Mission Internship
1 to 6 credits
A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world.
Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries
at times to be arranged.
Mission 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the
world mission of the Christian Church.
76
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Directory
BOARD OF REGENTS
OFFICERS
Chairman I THE REV. MAYNARD L.
NELSON
Vice Chairman I ARTHUR A. MAI
Secretary I TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN
Treasurer I ALLEN A. METCALF JR.
MRS. ERLING ANDERSON
ALC, Farming
Halstad, Minnesota
THE REV. DR. WILLIAM E. BERG
LCA, Pastor
Augustana Lutheran Church
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REV. BURTON L. BONN
LCA, Pastor
Hope Lutheran Church
Minneapolis, Minnesota
DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS
ALC, Chairman of the Board
T. S. Denison Co., Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
EARL BURANDT
LC-MS, Engineer
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
MARK DALQUIST
LCA, President
Maid of Scandinavia
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ROBERT DANIELS
ALC, Vice President and Co-owner
Mainline Travel, Inc.
Minnetonka, Minnesota
WILLIAM H. DOEPKE
LCA, Professional Engineer
Owner, Doepke Building Movers Inc.
Edina, Minnesota
THE REV. VERNON D. GUNDERMANN
LC-MS Pastor, Beautiful Savior Lutheran Churcr
New Hope, Minnesota
THE REV. EWALD HINCK
LC-MS, Pastor
Robbinsdale, Minnesota
THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY
LC-MS Administrator
St. Olaf Residence
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM
ALC Pastor
House of Hope Lutheran Church
New Hope, Minnesota
LYLE M. JENSEN
LCA, President
Cummins Diesel Sales, Inc.
St. Paul, Minnesota
MRS. RODGER E. JENSEN
Counseling Services
Edina, Minnesota
DIRECTORY
DR. MARLIN J. E. JOHNSON
LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine
Quain & Ramstad Clinic
Bismarck, North Dakota
WOODROW P. LANGHAUG
ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board,
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
FRED L. LOCKWOOD
LCA, Vice President
and General Manager
Lend Lease Truck Division of
National Car Rental
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ARTHUR A. MAI
ALC, District Representative
Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ALLEN A. METCALF, JR.
President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON
ALC, Pastor
Calvary Lutheran Church
Golden Valley, Minnesota
RAY NORLING
ALC, Exec. Vice President
Willmar Poultry Co.
ELMER N. OLSON
ALC, Past President
Elmer N. Olson Co.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ROBERT M. SKARE
ALC, Attorney
Best & Flanagan
Minneapolis, Minnesota
LOUISE SUNDET (Mrs. Lee)
LCA Homemaker
Excelsior, Minnesota
RALPH 0. THRANE
LC-MS, Vice President and
Director of Acquisitions and mergers,
Pillsbury Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REV. LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE
LCA, Pastor
Rochester, Minnesota
77
ADMINISTRATION
BERNT C. OPSAL I President
J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic
Dean
JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students
RUSSELL B. HELGESEN I Director of
"Thanks A Million" Development Appeal,
MARILYN J. ADAMS I Registrar
LOIS STRAND I Financial Aid Director
AL TON C. 0. HALVERSON I Director of
Public Relations
PAM MOKSNES I Director of Admissions
FACULTY
VERNON J. BITTNER I Counselor
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D.,
Northern Baptist Theological Seminary,
Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978ROY BLOOMQUIST I Radio Director
B.A., Wisconsin State University, Superior WI· Augustana Theological Seminary,
Ro~k 1s'1and, IL; Maywood Seminary, Chicago, IL 1961WILLIAM BOLM I Physic-al Educatio_n_, Recreation, Counselor
B.S., Western Michigan-University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St.
Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A.
(Counseling), St. Thomas College, St.
Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE I Sociology
B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, .s~.
Paul MN· additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1975ROGER W. BROWN I Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; Graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1978DOUGLAS CAREY I Voice
B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota,
Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978-
78
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
ROBERT H. CHANDLER I Law Enforcement
B.S., Northwestern University, Chicago,
IL; M.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL;
J.D., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL
1977JACOOL YN CHERNE I English, Applied
Christianity
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1966-69; graduate
study, United Theological Seminary, New
Brighton, MN 1967, 1970GERALD L. DAHL I Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL;
M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975SONJA M. DAHLAGER I English and
Personal Orientation
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
graduate study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN. 1979PAUL E. DRANGEID I Biology
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M .S., South Dakota State University,
Brookings, South Dakota, plus nine summers of graduate study. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ I Law Enforcement
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS I Business
Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM I Music
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN
1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/ Biblical Theology
Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia
Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M. Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary,
St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL I Business Education
B.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji,
MN 1972-
JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students,
Philosophy, Biblical Theology
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University, Tacoma, WA; Additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological
Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON I Journalism
B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud,
MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977DR. EDWARD A. HANSEN I Biblical Theology
B.A., Dana College, Blair, Nebraska; B.D.,
Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, Nebraska; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa; D.D., St. Olaf College, 1978-Northfield, Minnesota; additional graduate study, Mansfield College, Oxford, England; and University of St.
Andrews, Scotland 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN I English, German
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
Graduate School, University of Munich,
Munich, Germany; finished courses for
Ph.OJ, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON I Chemistry
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN:
M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa
City, IA 1980DOROTHY L. HAUGEN I Physical Education
S.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN I Sociology, Psychology, Counselor
A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA;
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary,
St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North
Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JEAN JOHNSON I Business Education
S.S., University of North Dakota, Grand
Forks, ND 1974PRllDU KllVE I Physics, Mathematics
B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky;
M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY
1973-
DIRECTORY
GERHARD I. KNUTSON I Theology
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.
Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA; Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA 1975GAIL LANDO I English
B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI;
additional graduate study, St. Cloud State
University, St. Cloud, MN 1972BARRY L. LANE I Biology, Speech Communications
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; graduate study, Luther-Northwestern Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1973-74;
graduate study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1978PHYLLIS LARSON I English, Missions
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas,
St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE I History, Political
Science
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota;
additional graduate study, University of
Minnesota and University of Strasbourg,
France. 1966LUTHER LERSETH I Biblical Theology,
Physical Education
B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.
Dakota; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978HERBERT G. LODDIGS I Biblical Theology, Greek
B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY;
New York University, Hartwick Seminary,
Brooklyn, NY; C.Th., Luther Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST I Physical Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota
1966-
79
PAMELA MOKSNES I Director of Admissions
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
Additional Study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1979
HAROLD E. MOORE, JR. I Business, Counselor
B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO;
J.D., University of Denver, College of Law,
Denver, CO; Additional Work, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN
1980PATRICIA NORTWEN I Piano
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota
1967TERRENCE L. OLSON I Theatre
B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; M.A.
course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979BERNT C. OPSAL I President
B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ;
B.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York
University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New
York University, Litt.D, Concordia College,
St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY I Psychology, Counselor
B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST I Business
B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; Graduate Study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX
1980MARLO F. PUTZ I Biology
B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON I Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1976-
80
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
AL SCHOBER/Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN
M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
1971DOROTHY SEAGARD I Music, Voice and
Choral
B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton; ·NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera
Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD I Music, Choral, Organ
B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music,
Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute;
Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ;
Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional
graduate study, Eastman School of Music,
Rochester, NY 1962RICHARD M. SERENA I Librarian
B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY;
M.L.S., Columbia University, New York,
NY 1976MARY S. SICILIA I American Studies,
Personal Orientation and Speech
B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977ROGER SNYDER I Mush.;, Band and Orchestra
B.S., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1977MARILYN A. STALHEIM I English and
Librarian
B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire,
WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout,
WI 1976MARLIN STENE I Applied Christianity
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield; B.Th.,
LutherTheological Seminary, St. Paul, MN;
S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA;
Barret Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M.
work.
DAVID SWANSON I Theater
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter,
MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University,
Fort Worth, TX; Graduate Study, University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980GERALD SWANSON I Art
B.A., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota
1972KATHRYN SWANSON I English
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1971-
CAROL J. TOMER I Residence Hall Director
Business and Philosophy; B.A., Luther
College, Decorah, IA 1979LOIS UTZINGER I Music
B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan; Additional graduate
study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor;
University of North Dakota, Grand Forks,
North Dakota. 1978HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN I Theater
B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; Additional Work Completed, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980-
RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM I Biblical Theology, Applied Christianity
B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL;
M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island,
IL; additional graduate study, Biblical
Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St.
Paul, MN 1953-
J.
PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic
Dean, Biblical Theology
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; C. T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, 1974-
Student Services Personnel
Mark J. Allen, Residence Hall Director,
Delta
John Hastings, Residence Hall Director,
Gamma
Delta; Student Activities Director
Lois Nystul, Health Service Director
Douglas L. Sill, Student Union Manager
Lori R. Toivonen, Residence Hall
INDEX
81
INDEX
Academic Honors ................... 31
Academic Program .................. 29
Accreditation ....................... 9
Activity Credits ..................... 33
Activities, Student ................... 13
Administration ...................... 77
Admissions Procedures .............. 17
Affiliations .......................... 9
Agriculture ......................... 47
Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O
Anthropology ....................... 64
Application Fee .................. 17, 20
Applied Christianity ................. 74
Applied Music ...................... 70
Art ................................ 68
Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42
Associate in Arts, Curricula
Leading to ..................... 41, 42
Athletics ........................... 14
Attendance, Chapel .................. 1O
Attendance, Classroom .............. 32
Automobiles ........................ 10
Awards, Academic ................... 00
Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57
Bible Requirement ................... 32
Biology ............................ 65
Board and Room Costs ............... 20
Board of Regents ................. 76-77
Bookstore .......................... 22
Business Administration ............. 44
Business Studies .................... 71
Calendar ........................... 4
Chapel ............................. 10
Charges by Quarter .................. 20
Chem is try .......................... 67
Choir .............................. 14
Church Vocations ................... 52
Classification of Students ......... 20, 29
Co-curricular Activities ............... 33
Communications, Division of ......... 59
Computer Training ................... 49
Corrective Therapy ................... 48
Costs .............................. 19
Counseling Service .................. 11
Course Descriptions ................. 57
Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68
Credit by Special Examination ......... 33
Credit Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55
Degree Programs .................... 41
Dentistry . . . .
. ................ 47
Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20
Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77
Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7
Dramatics .......................... 15
Economics ......................... 72
Education .......................... 44
Electronics Technician ............... 49
Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31
Employment (Part-time) .............. 25
English ............................ 59
English Requirement ................. 32
Ensembles ......................... 70
Entrance Requirements .............. 17
Expenses .......................... 20
Faculty ............................ 77
Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31
F~s ............................... ~
Financial Aid ....................... 23
Foreign Language ................... 60
Forestry ............................ 47
General Guidelines ................... 9
General Information ................. 7
General Secretarial ............... 50, 54
Geography ......................... 62
German ............................ 60
Gift Support ........................ ~9
Grades and Grade Points ............. 30
Graduation Requirements ............ 37
Greek .............................. 60
Health Service ...................... 12
History, Department of ............... 61
History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Housing, On and Off Cam pus ......... 12
Incomplete Work .................... 30
Independent Study .................. 32
Institutional Objectives ............... 8
Instrumental Instruction .............. 70
Insurance .......................... 12
Junior College Certificate ............. 39
Law ............................... 47
Law Enforcement ................. 49. 74
Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54
Library ............................. 22
Loans .............................. 24
Location of the College ............... 7
Mathematics ........................ 64
82
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55
Medicine Curriculum ................. 47
Missions ........................... 75
Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69
Registration, Changes in ............. 34
Religious Life ....................... 13
Repeating a Course .................. 31
Room and Board .................... 20
New Student Orientation ............. 11
New Testament Studies .............. 58
Nursing Curriculum .................. 47
Science, Division of .................. 64
Scholarships ....................... 26
Secretarial Curricula ................. 50
Secretarial Science .................. 72
Social Service Curriculum ............ 48
Social Science, Division of ............ 61
Sociology .......................... 63
Special Fees ........................ 20
Speech ............................ 60
Student Government ................. 13
Student Life ........................ 13
Student Personnel Services ........... 11
Study Ski I Is Assistance .............. 12
Occupational therapy ................ 48
Office Occupations Curricula ...... 51, 55
Old Testament Studies ............... 57
Orchestra ....................... 14, 70
Parish Work Curriculum .............. 52
Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52
Part-time Students ............... 20, 30
Payment Plan ....................... 21
Personal Orientation .............. 62-63
Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47
Philosophy of College ................ 8
Philosophy, Department of ........... 62
Physical Education, Division of ........ 67
Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45
Physical Therapy .................... 48
Physics ........................... 65
Political Science .................... 61
Pro bat ion, A cad em ic ................. 31
Programs of Study ................... 41
Psychology ......................... 62
Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46
Refunds ............................ 22
Registration ........................ 34
Theatre, Department of ............... 71
Theological Studies .................. 58
Transcripts ......................... 21
Transfer of Credits ................... 9
Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33
Tuition ............................. 20
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31
Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71
Withdrawals from Class .............. 30
Withdrawals from College ............ 33
Women's Athletics .................. 14
World Mission ................... 53, 55
Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Memorial Highway (55)
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
-
-
Title
-
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
-
Collection
-
Course Catalogs
-
Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College ...
Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Psychology Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage 2 Theater
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
C.Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
.'-
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Campus M a p - 2
Introduction - 5
Facilities - 7
Admission - 8
Costs and Financial A i d - 12
Student Life - 24
Academic Information - 30
Brief Facts - 44
Course Descriptions - 45
Registers - 132
Index - 143
Academic Calendars - 146
Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for
knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a
broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The
college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich
t
has
been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas,
di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students
in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages
within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners
rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s
a conrinued goal of r he rollege.
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us
for care, exploration and understanding.
& a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression
and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its
students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In
addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand
the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own
r
experience and for partic~parioni n r h e
commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world.
t
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and
educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware
that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the
college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting,
provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an
educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears
later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e
graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war.
Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g
Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a
randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s
Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore.
f
Location and Campus
Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr
Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are
adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Y.
Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest
Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals
listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of
the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
f
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the
National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960.
O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with architectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
housing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department i n the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Freshmen Students - 9
Early Decision - 10
Early Admission - ID
Transfer Students - 10
Former Students - 11
Special Students
(Non-Degree) - 11
International Students - 11
Interests can be explored in a variety of classes
Admissions
Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college
community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race,
creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and
parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00
a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare
asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The
admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with
professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on
the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs.
Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application
should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon
graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected
instead of the hiph srhool transcript,
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be
granted upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for
financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid
Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office.
A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days
of financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o
grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous
college work.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5
GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o
the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed
personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An
accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April
1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the
Admissions Office upon request.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has
s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an
attended any other ~nst~turian
official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo
not pay the application fee.
i,
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the
rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director
calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
py
12/Costs and Financial Aid
Costs 1982-83 - 13
Fees - 14
Deposits - 14
Payments - 15
Refunds - 15
Application - 16
Gifts - 17
Loans - 18
Student Employment - 19
Sponsored Scholarships - 19
Student employment options include Food Service crews
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1982-83
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00
This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are
considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester
term5 for a ~ o t aof
l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes
ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and
admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s
payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester.
P
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course.
.............................
670.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course..
.........................
335.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
1,207.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Late Registration (per day
after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
10.00
5.00
....
35.00
Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . .
75.00
.........
20.00
ckys
Life Drawing (Interim)
Nursin Credit
Valifation Tests . . . . . . . .
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Re istration Chan e after first 5
(cancelkdd/change
grade optlon, or combrnatlon
at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00
20.00
.......
5.00
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after t?rst, whrch
i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Special Examinations (Schedule on
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00
...
10.00
Theater Technical Production . .
35.00
..............
35.00
Radio-Television Production
Student Teaching
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year.
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There
are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more
information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00
Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d
for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst
davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate
cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to
lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom
rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f
cancellation ir after these dares.
7
.
Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each
semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred
Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates
independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are
available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or
financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are
released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and
room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% -through
90% - f r o m the
80% - f r o m the
70% - f r o m the
60% - f r o m the
50% - f r o m the
the first five days of classes.
sixth through 10th day of classes.
11th through 15th day of classes.
16th through 20th day of classes.
21st through 25th day of classes.
26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room
sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund i s determined.
16/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant
invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this
is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection
of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses.
Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to
he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary
an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing
costs.
Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For
the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received
~
srh~larrhi~r,
laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom
all aid sources.
g
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help
and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service
{CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for
college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current
income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS)
t
or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a
high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta
the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon.
Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the
Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.)
Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF.
Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you
areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial A i d / l 7
New Students - Early Decision
This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the
Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of
their award by Januarv 1.
2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior
calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 1.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to
invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in
their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and
fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid
,
through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj
Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic
achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full
tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of
Augsburg College.
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
18/Financial A i d
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by
t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent
reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and
d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v
d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory
a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision.
Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who
attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for
each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be
expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program
guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the
application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell
Grant office.
Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet
t ~ d r r aand
l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or
Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be
enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other
rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial
rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor
do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least
halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of
5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months
x
afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u
to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic
may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000
R
Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs
backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor
l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly
from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs.
LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge.
Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+
on the loan balance and
repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1
rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the
cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the
college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in
t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have
financial n ~ e d
and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
i:
Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet
collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate
rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a
simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application
forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions
are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n
account.
A
Student Employment
Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of
need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work
p r o v i d e d by r h College
~
i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and
grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued
to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check
to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities.
Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of
off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at
the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores,
Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors'
wishes.
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts
(minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two
deserving junior/senior students.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College
established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more
David J. Formo Scholarshi
scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto
~ a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship -awarded
annually to an able and deserving upperclass student
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o
needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck,
awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue
higher education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclass students.
Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h
- awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p,
p e r ~ o n d l i t vand
,
n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the
Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate
application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent
to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving
students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior.
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded
American minority students w h o show financial need.
annually t o Lutheran
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o
be awarded t o a Black student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American
Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either
seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs
Committee.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships
students.
-
awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time
service careers i n the church.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e
senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n
Christian service.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be
awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
-
Paul Dahlen
Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/or "oi h ~ g Christian
h
character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with
a preference ror basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested i n the field of business.
Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business
and/or education.
GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one
going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry.
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of
Chemistry.
Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship.
Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship.
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass
students preparing for a career in medicine or health.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the
study of history.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field.
Library Science
Library ScienceScholarship -established
choosing librarianship as a career.
in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s)
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior
students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability.
Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of
mathematics.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in
church music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music.
awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore
physics.
J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - A n
political science.
award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of
Christian Sociology.
24/Student Life
Religious Life - 25
Student Government - 25
'Athletics - 26
Student Activities - 26
Student Services - 26
Center for Student Development - 27
Intercultural Center - 27
Health Service - 28
Food Service - 28
Residence Life - 28
Student Rights - 29
' D a y in May"
- a Spring celebration
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but
learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College
and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to
your education.
&,
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and
hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
W e seek ro develop a
graduafly change and
church. we encourage
the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government
also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the
means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who
elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
/'
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on
the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related
intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station
serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is
located i n Mortensen Tower.
There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to
appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the
theater a n 5 department.
R
lntercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually
compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball,
track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes
n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal
g
growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin
iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an
~nterdependence,
finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual
content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its
3
students.
The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider
and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, Intercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as
well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan
area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life.
Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself.
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor.
?
Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered
each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro
orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships],
y.
JobSeeking, and Sexuality are
Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness.
available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided
several times during t h e year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and
,
testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5
offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of
personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities
available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
lnternational Student Adviser.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc
s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at
cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included;
if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning
r
conditions, a variety of l~ousing
environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living
aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt
growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in
yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are
able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith
Individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing
only if space i s available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional
residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv
to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house
ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of
the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents
have c r ~ a t ~evciting
d
projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e
ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has
providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade
appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua
hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify
appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain
ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement
Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education
free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog.
30/Academic Information
Degrees - 31
Academic Calendar - 31
Faculty - 31
Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32
Divisions - 32
Majors & Minors - 33
Teaching Licensure - 34
Certification Programs - 34
Pre-Professional Programs - 34
inter-Institutional Programs - 36
Study Abroad - 37
Honors Program - 38
Internship Program - 38
Continuing Education - 38
Registration - 38
Graduation Requirements - 39
Hats off to the graduating seniors!
Distribution Requirements -40
Grading - 41
Auditing Courses - 41
Grade Point Average - 42
Classification - 42
Advanced Placement - 42
Advanced Standing - 42
Probation and Dismissal - 42
Dean's List - 43
Graduation with Distinction - 43
lndependent/Directed Study - 43
Veterans - 43
Brief Facts - 44
Course Numbering - 46
Prerequisites - 46
Academic Information/31
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad
liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are
encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures
outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students
with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the
~
Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission.
meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical
TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select
the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four
courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses
can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during
the regular term. (See Registration).
Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to
ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog.
publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv
contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a
variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or
directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1.
Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual
problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their
programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
libraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice,
tion needs includ~ng
guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are
available.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S
I microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers.
Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational
Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions or administrative and instructional purposes.
B
Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
M a j o r s available at Augsburg are:
A r t History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
M i n o r s available at Augsburg
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies'
East and Southeast
Asian Studies
Economics
English
M e d i c a l Technology3
M e t r o - U r b a n Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso h y
Physica~Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social W o r k
Sociology
Speech
Studio A r t
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
are:
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Special Education
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Art
It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 -Cooperative
Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate
courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
34/Licensure, Certification
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education,
Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education:
English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal
Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and
Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO
teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and
t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Charrperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing
on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or
exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
t
- Provides the background for performing
systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and
engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they
possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o
repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry
major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one
from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353
recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two
semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1
course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political
science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution
requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary.
36/1 nter-l nstitutional
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies.
SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe
cooperative program to ~ a i n
new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the
other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be
l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Study Abroad/37
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The
College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are
eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,
contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the
ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross
cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other
nations in their respective regions.
'
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following January.
lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller
College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University
of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for
American Universities in Avignon, France.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and
the writing of a paper upon return.
38/Academic Policies
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program.
Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost
all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are
available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim.
Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time
students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's
office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
FI
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to
pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and
the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of
each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs.
Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins,
registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged
for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester.
Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this
results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
.4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e
~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except
,
i n certa~napproved majors for !he
B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of
Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing
degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~
In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete
academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc
t
one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq.
F
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t /
directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP).
Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv
Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson.
P
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematin-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Sorio ogv
English-Speech. Communication
Rc Theater Arrs
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at
Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one
ad ~ t ~ o ncourse
al
at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look
favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses
are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English
.
Illis
grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest
standards of excellence
"
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To
rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding
staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments
from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust
~
be removed
during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher
along wirtl rhe incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship
that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed
during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given,
the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and
a grade may be a5sipncdm
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for
part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the
G PA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a
college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the
College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her
athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory.
A student who has been on probation two or morc
C O ~ S P C U serncjrera
~ ~ ~ C
is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m
the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student
Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to
withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer
than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to
sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on
probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation
if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or
equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in
courses offered for credit.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate
sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division
level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for
directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or
independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may
extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of
X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course
to receive the final grade.
Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only
when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on
their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs
a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own
academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the
rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of
the Registrar, as it i s for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro
three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d
meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
46/Departments, Courses
Departments and Course
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the
student should consult the inctructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer
School are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the
caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
Art
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs
with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on
approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223
and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print hIakhg I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
Fall, 1982)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years,
Spring 1983)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1983-84)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on
19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
Biology
Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n
secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also
requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are
advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require Chemistry 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including Ill,
112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105, 106).
Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What
influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism,
socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics i n Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1984 and alternate years)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,
Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and
alternate years)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration & Economics
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research.
(For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy
LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella.
Business Administration
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391,
392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n
accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administration & Economics/53
M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,
135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m
o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign
language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474;
8 International
C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p
or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be
taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e
p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who
plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses - Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior;
management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration & Economics
Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,
379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting
and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more
than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics).
Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules
of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business,
Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 Introduction t o Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
Business Administration & Economics/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only).
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. Spring)
56/Business Administration & Economics
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other
upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete
calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study
in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or
453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly
recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration
379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition
t5 those I isted above.
Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer
programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to
take additional courses both i n business administration and economics.
Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Business Administration & Economics/57
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration.
the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought,
Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains,
Notes: I n addition t o
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a
department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs.
(Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or
minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should
instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken
i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
58/Business Administration & Economics
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one
advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics
127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the
freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year.
d'
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year).
Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required.
Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,
106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491
(Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult
with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students
should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their coilege career.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other
chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses).
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed
beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n
registering for the second term.
Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105,
Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic
and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical
education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First
term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term,
organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological
chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward
the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105
o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture,
1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of
lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East and Southeast Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental
program which provides a foundation for careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies,
or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg
students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual
arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for
Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad
are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer
inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the
director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of
approved electives.
I
Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia;
and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved
electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324;
one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political
Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly
recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
tconomics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg
College.
Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351.
383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347,
358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure;
fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human
Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382,
384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional
semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499).
Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385
and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level.
Prekindergarten Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231;
Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student
teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult
with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her
life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n
Reading
~
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course)
Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field
adviser.
ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure
program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course.
Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving
for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of
'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation
course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of
Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n
the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student
teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n
Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the
required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114,
115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major,
and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5.
degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of
Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education
114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t
teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she
plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student
teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art
major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music
major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to
licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e
following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121
and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
C[assroom Music (5-11).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the
Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will
take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be
recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking
two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~
term.
265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105)
N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken
concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2
course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Special Education
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from
Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362,
Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course
chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388.
Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
I
A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education
coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Engi neeri ng/69
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood,
James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services and Sources
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 Independent Studv
Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period.
6
The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average,
an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College.
d
E
Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the
freshman year.
Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged.
English
Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark,
John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl,
Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish
245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A
rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in
the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department.
Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses,
one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses
i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to
fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of
t Education,
majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin
be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake
courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n
Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for
teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an
adviser in the Department of Education.
'"
B
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English
majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration,
f
American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration.
A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by
the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by
the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should
B
work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite
f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is
successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
.4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P/hl grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the